Blog Tools
Edit your Blog
Build a Blog
RSS Feed
View Profile
« February 2004 »
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29
You are not logged in. Log in
Entries by Topic
All topics  «
BULLETIN
Thursday, 19 February 2004

>> MAPS...http://www.fas.org/spp/starwars/advocate/ifpa/report696_ch4_pak.htm

Pakistan: A Gateway to Westward Proliferation?
The term "Pakistan" is an acronym coined in 1933 in anticipation of the creation of a Muslim-dominated state separate from the political system that would govern Hindu-dominated India. The acronym represents P for Punjab, A for the Afghanistan border states, K for Kashmir, S for Sind, and TAN for Baluchistan. With independence in 1947, these diverse ethnic groups were infused with Muslim immigrants from India (called Mahajir). Unfortunately, the resulting state is one that is still very fragile, a state that is highly fragmented by ethnic differences.

Even religion has not proven to be a totally unifying factor for the Islamic Republic of Pakistan. Sectarian violence is common between Pakistan's Muslim Sunni majority and its 15 percent Shia minority. This conflict has created a Sunni-Shia situation that is reflective of Protestant-Catholic relations in Northern Ireland. Shootings, killings, and beatings are the hallmarks of this relationship.1 Yet, in spite of the strongly religious currents that influence Pakistani society, Pakistan's voters have made it clear that they want a secular government. For example, only 8 percent of the vote in the October 1993 election was won by religious-political parties.2 Yet, Islamic fundamentalists still exert a major influence on Pakistan's political process as they have the capability of making themselves felt on individual issues, turning large crowds into the streets to demonstrate for their positions.

Economic factors have also added to the divisiveness that marks the country. Prior to independence, the areas that make up the current state of Pakistan were primarily based on agrarian economies, with most of the wealth held by about 300 families that owned large tracts of land that operated under a feudalistic system. Since independence these elites have continued to hold the reins of political power and have enjoy disproportional benefits from this state of affairs. This feudal hierarchy is now beginning to crumble.

Large numbers of people are migrating to the cities with, for example, the port city of Karachi now accounting for at least 10.2 million people and 30 percent of the nation's revenue.3 Within the next 15 years, it is estimated that at least half of Pakistan's population may dwell in urban areas,4 resulting in an emerging middle class which is agitating for a more equitable distribution of political power, power which is currently monopolized by Pakistan's landed elites.5

Even so, Pakistan's central government exercises only limited political control; it is held in general contempt by the public; its political process is characterized by crude political ploys to hamper opposition parties; and it has been ineffective in dealing with the rampant ethnic and sectarian violence that has claimed thousands of lives during the last few years.6 In addition, even though Pakistan's military gave up direct rule of the country after General Zia was killed in a plane crash in August 1988, the military establishment and the related ISI (interservices intelligence) Directorate are only minimally responsive to the directions of the civilian controlled governments. Since 1988, the civilian governments in Pakistan have all been "guided" by the military with the prime minister's powers limited with regard to military matters.7 As a result, security decisions, foreign policy-related actions, and decisions regarding the disposition of WMD systems have sometimes been taken or acted upon without the knowledge or consent of Pakistan's elected officials.8

In formulating its foreign policy, Pakistan's primary concerns are a reflection of its history and domestic situation. Of utmost concern is the Indian threat and the status of Kashmir (the K in Pakistan's name). Secondly, Pakistan is looking for commercial development opportunities, but its major prospect for commercial growth lies in opening a trade route to Central Asia which can only be accessed via Afghanistan. In seeking to become Central Asia's conduit to the world, Pakistan is entering into direct competition with Iran, which is also seeking this role. At the same time, Pakistan has long hoped to develop closer relations with other Islamic states, to include Iran. As will be briefly described, much of Pakistan's security policies flow from these factors.

India. As was discussed earlier, Pakistan and India have fought three wars and conducted confrontational diplomacy for most of their 50-year history as separate nations in South Asia.9 However, in this match, Pakistan has only one-fourth of the land area and less than one-sixth of the population of India, putting Pakistan in the position of David facing the Indian Goliath. Based on its experience in the 1971 war over Bangladesh, Pakistani strategists believe that India could further dismember their country (perhaps by splitting the country through the restive province of Sind, separating the capital at Islamabad from the economic center at Karachi) and defeat Pakistan's conventional forces in about two weeks. Following the explosion of India's nuclear device in 1974, Pakistan became even more alarmed about India's military capabilities. At that time, Pakistan's then-Prime Minister, Zulifikar A. Bhutto, made his famous declaration that Pakistanis would "eat grass" rather than surrender their nuclear option. This idea that Pakistan's security rests on a nuclear capability has gained strength over the years.10

Iran. In the early 1990s, key Pakistani elements entertained hopes of establishing a strategic alliance with Iran and other regional Islamic states to offset an expected tilt of the United States toward India.11 As a further incentive, Pakistan is concerned about the growing level of Hindu nationalism in India. While in pursuit of a strategic alignment with other Islamic states, the Pakistani Chief of the Army Staff, General Beg, became a great admirer of Iran's implementation of Islamic rule and subsequently got well out in front of the political process in promoting a strategic-military alliance with Iran.12 As will be discussed later, this relationship probably included the transfer of sensitive information (and perhaps equipment) related to nuclear weapon development.

As the 90s unfolded, however, relations between Pakistan and Iran began to become somewhat strained:

Pakistani officials began to suspect that Iran (the only Islamic state with a Shiite majority) was involved in agitating Pakistan's Shia community, thus feeding the growing unrest among its Shiite population;13

Relations between Iran and India warmed, including formal cooperative arrangements between those two states to open trade routes through Iran to the Central Asian republics. This agreement put those states into direct competition with Pakistan for the role of providing the Central Asian outlet to the sea;

Iran has long been uncomfortable with Pakistan's pro-American orientation. The strain between Iran and Pakistan appears to be exacerbating Iran's unhappiness with Pakistani-American ties as Iranian commentators increasingly claim that Pakistan acts as a conduit into the region for American foreign policy; and

The development of events in Afghanistan placed Pakistan and Iran on opposite sides of the political fence. The Afghanistan situation included Indian, Iranian, and Russian cooperation with the Rabbani government of Afghanistan, raising the prospect that Pakistan was being surrounded by unfriendly states.

Afghanistan. Afghanistan is a key element in the relationships among Iran, Pakistan and, to some extent, India. The main elements of concern are trade with Central Asia and influence in those states. Pakistan is staking its commercial future in Central Asia on a Tashkent-Karachi transportation link and the enterprise of its businessmen.14 Although Pakistan undoubtedly would enjoy having access to Central Asia via Afghanistan's main road that runs north from Kabul, in 1994 it explored and proved the feasibility of using the alternative western Afghanistan route to the north through Herat to Turkmenistan.15 Pakistan hopes to repair and open this 550-mile road network. See Figure 4-8.

However, under Rabbani's administration of Afghanistan, Pakistan's aspiration of developing a trade route to Central Asia was being dashed. The key events that contributed to this situation included:

Pakistan, under General Zia, had supported Rabbani's rival, Hekmatyar. When Rabbani took power in Afghanistan, Pakistan declared the Rabbani government illegitimate;16

Pakistan's embassy in Kabul was subsequently sacked and closed by Rabbani supporters;17

Iran, India, and Russia established close relations with the Rabbani administration18 (Indian involvement with the Rabbani government was of particular concern);19 and

Pakistan found itself closed out of much of Afghanistan.

In 1994, Pakistan helped create the radically fundamentalist Taliban (literally means "Islamic students") faction, which was largely recruited from Afghan students attending Koranic schools in Pakistan.20 As the situation between Afghanistan and Pakistan deteriorated, Pakistan seems to have increased its assistance to this group. According to some reports, this assistance was either covertly or tacitly approved by the United States and supported by Saudi Arabia.21 Some believe that the $3 billion contract for Unocal and Delta Oil to build a gas pipeline from Turkmenistan, across Afghanistan to Pakistan helped influence U.S. support for a Taliban takeover in Afghanistan.22 At the same time, other press accounts claim that U.S.-Pakistani relations soured over Pakistan's support of the Taliban.23

In 1995, the Taliban was successful in securing the five southern and western provinces of Pakistan, to include the city of Herat. In 1996, in a series of attacks that incorporated the use of armor, aircraft, and perhaps Pakistani advisors, the estimated 40,000-50,000 strong Taliban was successful in expanding its control to encompass 70 percent of Afghanistan, to include securing Kabul on September 27, 1996.24 See Figure 4-9.

As of the end of 1996, the three main anti-Taliban groups (generally representing the Tajik-, Uzbek-, and Shiite-oriented factions) are holding northern Afghanistan under Rabbani,25 who still enjoys recognition by Iran, India, and Russia as head of the legitimate government of Afghanistan.26 It is questionable if the Pushtun-dominated Taliban will be able to subdue this northern sector (an ethnic/religious issue).

The successful results achieved by the Taliban hold some downstream risks. These include:

Iran is unhappy with the extreme Islamic radicalism of the Sunni Taliban;27 also, it is not in Iran's interest to have Afghanistan dominated by forces allied with Pakistan. Moreover, the Shiites, who are the predominant sect in the Persian-speaking area around Herat, are also upset with the Taliban's strict governance of that region and look to Iran for assistance.28 For its part, Iran has been training and equipping a force reportedly consisting of an 8,000-member Shia-dominated Afghan group in eastern Iran (a group that was driven out of Afghanistan in September 1995 when Herat fell to the Taliban). Iran apparently is assisting that group in its preparation to try to retake the Herat area.29 The accompanying tensions have caused some very discreet "saber-rattling" between Iran and Pakistan, while the two countries have maintained a public image of apparent friendly relations.30

Roughly 90 percent of all Muslims are of the Sunni sect. The only major Islamic country which is controlled by the Shia branch of Islam is Iran. As such, Iran and its Shia beliefs have only limited appeal to other Islamic countries, all of which are dominated by Sunnites. Unfortunately, the Sunni Taliban, according to one report, contains a powerful faction that would like to become the leader of a worldwide Jihad (holy struggle) movement.31 For Iran, this has to be a disturbing development. It sees the Taliban as hostile towards Iran and perhaps the Shia sect.32 If the Taliban should eventually lead a successful Jihad movement, it could have the potential of being more potent than Iran's efforts because it might better appeal to the dominant Sunni majority. A Sunni-led Jihad could also earn the Taliban and Pakistan the enmity of both Russia and China if the Islamic populations of Central Asia and western China should come under the influence of such a movement.

Reportedly, the Islamic movement in Kashmir has been encouraged by the success of the Taliban in Afghanistan.33 Perhaps more importantly, there is some worry that a Taliban victory may well inspire other Islamic movements that are fighting to oust secular pro-Western governments throughout the Middle East.34

Pakistan and the "Bomb"
Pakistan has been successful in collecting much of the foreign technology and equipment that it needed to support its nuclear program. Its nuclear support operations have included a combination of theft, smuggling, and deliberate foreign assistance.

The head of Pakistan's nuclear weapons program is Dr. Abdul Qadeer Khan, the German-educated metallurgist who is the director of Pakistan's nuclear-weapon laboratories at Kahuta.35 Previously, Dr. Khan was employed at the uranium enrichment facility, Urenco, in Almelo, Netherlands. It is suspected that he stole a copy of uranium centrifuge blueprints from this facility in 1975,36 one year after India exploded its "peaceful" nuclear device. Armed with these blueprints and a list of Urenco's key suppliers of components,37 he returned to Pakistan and shortly thereafter was appointed to his current position.

Pakistan established an extensive international network of suppliers in order to acquire the technology and specialized equipment needed in its nuclear program. Much of this material came from the West, to include Germany, Switzerland, Sweden, Canada, and the United States.38 In this effort, Pakistan successfully established a number of dummy companies, trans-shipped dual-use materials through multiple countries, or outright stole or smuggled needed components.39 Of interest, during the 1980s Pakistan is believed to have obtained some stocks of tritium gas.40 More importantly, in 1987, it successfully imported the technology needed for collecting and purifying indigenously the tritium needed for its nuclear program.41 (Tritium is a hydrogen atom with two added neutrons in the nucleus. It is used in a mix to boost the yield and lower the weight of fission devices by adding additional neutrons to the chain-reaction process of a nuclear detonation, thereby greatly increasing the number of U-235 or Pu-239 atoms that are split prior to the disintegration of the weapon's integrity.)

Similarly, Pakistan has harvested a significant amount of international nuclear knowledge. As alluded to in the preceding paragraph, Pakistan gained a significant amount of nuclear-related equipment from Germany. It is instructive to examine a case study of the outcome that occurred when a government cracked down on the exports of a company providing dual-use technology to a proliferator. In this case, a Germany company, Leybold, had been engaged in questionable sales to Pakistan. When this company showed up on the U.N.'s December 1991 list of 13 companies that had provided supplies to Iraq's nuclear program, the German government increased its scrutiny of Leybold's operations. Subsequently, Leybold's overseas nuclear-related sales dropped as much as 30 percent and the company was forced to layoff up to 1000 employees, including nuclear engineers. Many of the nuclear specialists gravitated to private consulting companies. U.S. intelligence sources are said to regard these consultants as a threat because many of them are still working with their former clients.42 Although the client countries are not named, it would be surprising if Pakistan were not included.

Likewise, nuclear and missile specialists in Russia are working with Pakistan via computer modem to solve problems associated with nuclear and missile development.43 When this picture is linked to the help Pakistan is receiving from Chinese technicians, some of whom have been present at Kahuta since the mid-1980s,44 it becomes clear that the international flow of nuclear and missile knowledge, in concert with the overall global flow of technology and equipment, is also contributing to Pakistan's development of an indigenous nuclear and missile capability.

In addition (as noted in the Indian section), in 1982 or 83, Pakistan's nuclear program received a big boost from China when it apparently provided Pakistan with the blueprints for a 1966 design of a U-235 nuclear-implosion device.45 Reportedly, U.S. intelligence was able to obtain a copy of this design when it clandestinely searched the briefcase of Dr. Abdul Qadeer Khan.46 According to one report, the design was for the warhead that China exploded during its fourth nuclear test on October 27, 1966,47 when a DF-2A missile was live-fired a distance of 894 kilometers to detonate its nuclear warhead at the Lop Nur test site.48 This particular missile warhead weighed 1290 kgs and produced a yield of about 12 kt (about the same yield as India's 1974

nuclear explosion).49 (The warhead's potential yield apparently was rated at 20-30 kt.)50 Using the technology and information gained, according to one U.S. official's reported comment, Pakistan has had the ability to make a nuclear bomb with a "few turns of a screwdriver" since 1990;51 Pakistani sources claim that status as of October 1991. Based on other evidence and comments made by former Chief of the Pakistani Army, General Beg, there is an unsubstantiated claim that Pakistan may have been capable of producing a nuclear weapon as early as 1987.52

To counter this proliferation problem, the United States expended a lot of effort trying to get Pakistan to cap and roll back its nuclear program. During the first half of the 1990s, Pakistani elites claimed that Pakistan had voluntarily capped its nuclear program. Although generally echoed by U.S. officials, this claim is now suspect. According to General Beg, while Pakistan cut back on its nuclear production in 1989, the program was never stopped.53 Beg's point seems substantiated by Dr. A.Q. Khan's claim that "no government has ever yielded to international pressure to close down the project or freeze the nuclear program."54

This program, as discussed earlier, has provided Pakistan with an air-deliverable nuclear weapon (a bomb). What has been more problematic is whether or not Pakistan has been able to configure the weapon for delivery by missile. As stated previously, when China tested the nuclear design believed to have been passed to Pakistan, it was missile-delivered, with the packaged warhead weighing 1290 kgs. However, Pakistan's missile ranges are all based on a throwweight of 500-800 kgs. Warheads above those weights would significantly shorten the missiles' effective ranges. On the other hand, based on Pakistan's efforts to obtain tritium during the 1980s (more yield for less weight) and considering that it has had 15 years in which to improve its nuclear design argues that Pakistan has had sufficient time in which to reduce the weight of its nuclear device and to package it for missile delivery. Based on the length of time Pakistan has been trying to develop a nuclear warhead capable of being delivered by ballistic missile, the U.S. intelligence community reportedly is now assessing that Pakistan has a nuclear missile delivery capability.55

As the next step in further developing its nuclear capability, Pakistan is working to increase its production capacity of fissile materials. (See Figure 4-10, a map of Pakistan's nuclear infrastructure.) One major step in this direction was taken in March 1996 when Pakistan, reportedly with Chinese assistance,56 completed the construction of a 40- to 50-MW heavy-water nuclear reactor near Khushab.57 Once in operation, this unsafeguarded reactor will provide Pakistan with its first source of plutonium. (All of Pakistan's current nuclear systems are based on uranium.) Apparently, U.S. intelligence agencies believe that Pakistan is having trouble increasing the range of its missiles. Plutonium would allow Pakistan to modernize its nuclear arsenal and produce smaller and lighter warheads, which would result in longer effective ranges for Pakistan's nuclear-armed missiles.58

As for its capability to produce U-235, Pakistan is in the process of increasing its production capacity for weapons-grade uranium. The famous 5000 ring-magnets that China transferred to Pakistan in 1995 apparently were intended to replace the magnets on Pakistan's current gas centrifuges with more powerful magnets, which would increase the productivity of the current enrichment program at the A.Q. Khan research labs in Kahuta.59 In addition, in 1987 U.S. intelligence sources reportedly claimed that satellite photography indicated that a uranium enrichment plant was being constructed at Golra. It is not clear from open source material if this facility was ever completed.60

As a parallel operation, it seem clear that Pakistan is trying to increase the level of sophistication of its nuclear and missile production. For example, in September 1996, Pakistan imported some diagnostic equipment and a specialized furnace (believed to be a vacuum furnace or "skull") from China. It is thought that the furnace is the type used to melt plutonium and uranium for nuclear weapon cores, titanium for missile nose cones, and other related critical parts.61 Similarly, in late 1995, a shipment of specialized laser equipment was intercepted in London's Heathrow airport as it was being transshipped between Sweden and Pakistan.62 The pursuit of these types of lasers, coupled with the purchase of diagnostic equipment and the specialized furnace, indicate that Pakistan is probably in the process of upgrading the precision and sophistication of its nuclear- and missile-manufacturing programs.

Clearly, unless some unforeseen event slows or stops the Pakistani nuclear program, Pakistan will increase its nuclear capacity considerably by 2010. Although the status of Pakistan's nuclear arsenal is a very well-kept secret, presumably the sophistication of its nuclear devices should also improve during the intervening time frame as Pakistan acquires more advanced manufacturing technologies for its strategic-weapons programs.

Looking at the Missile Issue
Pakistan is at a clear disadvantage to India in terms of strategic depth. Much of Pakistan's major economic and population centers lie in a band between 50 and 250 kms from the Indian border. Conversely, India has much greater strategic depth, with its key western cities of New Delhi and Bombay located over 350 kms and 600 kms respectively from Pakistan's nearest border. Although Pakistan can air-deliver its strategic weapon systems, it has a strategic need to be able to hold India in a position of vulnerability similar to itself, especially since India is now producing the Prithvi (i.e., issues of power and assured deterrence). In short, Pakistan requires longer-ranged missiles than India needs to hold India's key assets as vulnerable as Pakistan's.

There are indicators that Pakistan's indigenously developed Hatf I and Hatf II missiles, which were based on U.S. Honest John technology, are less capable than desired by Pakistan's military leadership. The Hatf I is fairly crudely machined, has a range of perhaps 80 kms carrying a payload of 500 kgs, and is very inaccurate. As a result of its limitations, the Hatf I may have been fitted to deliver a chemical warhead.63 Similarly, the Hatf II, reportedly tested in 1989, was apparently unable to achieve the 300 km range that Pakistan's military leadership expected. It is doubtful that Pakistan's indigenous Hatf II missile has been put into mass production. In fact, a number of reputable analysts believe that Pakistan's original model of the Hatf II may never be fielded.64 It is also likely that it was Pakistan's inability to field an effective Hatf II that led to the transfer of China's M-11 ballistic missile system to Islamabad.

The single-stage M-11 (CSS-7) was first test-fired by China in 1990; it entered service with the Chinese military in 1992.65 The missile was originally designed as a replacement for the Scud B and was aimed primarily at the export market. Since its advent, there has been an ongoing public dispute between China and the United States regarding the exportability of the M-11 under the guidelines of the MTCR. China claims it has a range of just under 300 kms when carrying a 500 kg warhead, which makes it MTCR compliant. Early reports of the M-11's capabilities listed it as having a throwweight of 800 kgs at 300 kms range, which would put it above the MTCR limits. Some U.S. analysts believe China artificially listed its throwweight at 500 kgs to avoid the MTCR issue.

Regardless of the disagreement over the M-11's ability to comply with MTCR guidelines, the M-11 has been exported to Pakistan; its packing boxes were first reported to have been seen there in 1991.66 Since then, several subsequent reports of M-11 shipments into the country have been reported. Most reports now claim that more than 30 M-11s are located at Sargodha Air Force Base,67 just west of Lahore;68 while Indian sources put the figure higher with at least one report claiming that a total of 84 M-11s have been delivered to Pakistan.69 Although the M-11s provide Pakistan with a limited capability against India, the single-stage system does not have the range needed to threaten India's high-value targets.

Consequently, as a national priority, Pakistan is pursuing the development of a medium-range missile system. Using blueprints and equipment supplied by China, Pakistan is building a medium-range missile factory in a Fatehgarh (just to the south of Islamabad).70 This complex, called the National Defense Complex, reportedly is being staffed by specialists from all of the related missile and nuclear developmental organizations in Pakistan, supplemented by at least 10 full-time Chinese technicians who work at the facility, six on missile guidance and control and four on solid-fuel production.71 It is believed that other Chinese specialists visit the plant as needed to provide technical assistance.72

There is a great deal of confusion regarding Pakistan's missile production plans. A number of the open source reports claim that Pakistan is planning on building a 600-1000 km range Hatf III missile that is based on M-11 technology.73 Other sources assess that the Hatf II is essentially an M-11 and that the Hatf III will be based on the Chinese M-9 (DF-15) missile.74 If the latter claim should prove correct, then the Pakistani missile factory might produce a couple of different models of M-family missiles. Based on what is known, and considering the fact that Pakistan is sensitive to perceived technological failures, it is likely that Pakistan will field a missile that it calls the Hatf II as well as a different system known as the Hatf III. While the situation is still confused, it seems likely that at least one of these missiles may have a range of 600 kms or greater.

It is also clear that Pakistan has aspirations of developing even longer-ranged systems in the future. It established, with U.S. assistance, a civilian space research organization (SUPARCO) in 1961.75 This organization "has developed two rockets: Shahpar, a seven-meter solid fuel two-stage rocket that can carry 55 kgs to an altitude of 450 kms, and the Rakhnum, which can lift 38 kgs to a distance of 100 kms. SUPARCO has also tried to develop a small satellite launcher, but the project has been stalled for want of technology."76 Clearly, Pakistan's civil program is far behind that of India's. However, there is an ongoing investigation in India that indicates that Pakistan may have been successful in penetrating the ISRO in 1994, obtaining documents and plans related to India's polar space launch vehicle (PSLV).77 If so, Pakistan could have the information needed to move its long-range missile program ahead fairly rapidly if it could obtain the technology base needed to apply the information gained.

Pakistan as a Proliferator
Pakistan is suspected of providing assistance to both the Iraqi and Iranian nuclear programs. In addition, it has long been rumored that Saudi Arabia and Libya have helped finance the Pakistani program. It so, the question becomes: what have these two countries received in return? Of similar concern, Pakistan has become a major terminal for illegally smuggled goods from the former Soviet Union. This trade reportedly includes arms and nuclear materials.

Iraq. In the case of Iraq, U.N. inspectors working to dismantle the Iraqi nuclear program after Desert Storm reportedly discovered diagrams of the Iraqi nuclear weapon that were very similar to the drawings Pakistan received from China.78 The link between Iraq and Pakistan appears to have been Dr. Khan, the director of Pakistan's nuclear weapons program. According to a German report, citing Western intelligence services as its source, Dr. A.Q. Khan is credited as being the mastermind behind the Iraqi bomb.79 Thus, the flow of sensitive technology from Pakistan west seems probable in the case of Iraq.80

Iran. A driving force behind the establishment of a Pakistani nuclear assistance program to Iran seems to have been General Beg (discussed earlier). Based on the special report that President Clinton provided to President Yeltsin in May 1995, Pakistan is believed to have provided Iran with the list of foreign companies which it used to obtain the infrastructure and weapon components necessary for a nuclear weapons program (Iran has approached the same suppliers as Pakistan used).81 This cooperation may have been further spurred by a reported December 1992 Iranian offer to pay Pakistan $3.5 billion if it would share its nuclear know-how. This offer was repeated to Prime Minister Bhutto in December 1995.82 Based on all of the indications of Pakistani nuclear assistance to Iran, Iran's December 1992 offer may have been accepted.

The U.S. briefing to Yeltsin in May 1995 made the claim that Pakistan was believed to have halted all nuclear cooperation with Iran once Bhutto became Prime Minister (December 1993).83 Curious, however, is the report that Prince Turki ibn Faycal, head of Saudi Arabia's secret services, visited Prime Minister Bhutto in March 1995 to try to persuade her to halt Pakistani contacts with Iran on nuclear activities.84 At this time, it is unclear if Pakistan and Iran are continuing to cooperate on nuclear development. However, in May 1995, General Beg claimed that Pakistan had canceled 11 production agreements with Iran under U.S. pressure.85 If true, this may help to explain the claim that Iran again offered Pakistan $3.5 billion in December 1995 to share nuclear know-how (cited above).

Considering the fragmented nature of Pakistan's society and the level of corruption that governs behavior in that country, it would not be surprising to learn that some cooperative efforts are still continuing regardless of the official position on the issue. However, with the growing competition between these two countries over Afghanistan and Central Asia, it seems likely that any cooperation now taking place is probably doing so at a reduced level from that of the early 1990s. This is not to say that the level of cooperation might not increase in the future as the underlying political situation changes.

FSU/Afghanistan Smuggling. The northern territories along Afghanistan's border are essentially ungoverned. Pakistani checkpoints have been established at points that separate the northern tribal territories from Pakistan proper.86 Consequently, the areas bordering Afghanistan have become a smuggler's paradise with the border town of Peshawar acting as the hub of the activity. Materials originating in the FSU and Afghanistan are transported to these territories. Included in this traffic are Stinger anti-aircraft missiles, opium, nuclear weapon components, missile parts, antiquities, strategic steel alloy, and radioactive materials purported to be weapons-grade fissile material. These constitute but a few examples of the types of items being offered for sale in this uncontrolled region.87 Much of the nuclear materials being offered is believed to be rubbish, but occasionally included in the rubbish are some high-quality materials and components that are of great value.

Shoppers are out in force. Iranian majors and colonels are said to be walking around Peshawar with Samsonite suitcases full of $100 bills buying selected nuclear-related materials.88 They are joined by Indians and Pakistanis who are also shopping for similar deals.89 Complicating this scene are dealers who have also moved into the region that may be acquiring items on consignment or for resale. In short, Peshawar and its neighboring towns are becoming major clearinghouses for the world's nuclear arms bazaar.90

In essence, Pakistan has been a significant source of proliferation. It likely provided assistance to both Iran's and Iraq's nuclear programs, and it may also be providing help to other would-be proliferators. In addition, with the smuggled items coming out of the FSU now being concentrated in northern Pakistan, a second source of proliferation potential is being established.

With regard to its missile capabilities, Pakistan is, with foreign assistance, gradually developing a missile technology base. Of equal concern, however, is the potential that Pakistan could use the extensive technology collection organization that it has established globally to garner advanced missile design secrets. The pending case in India with reference to the alleged spying scandal that may have led to the transfer of PSLV design information is a case in point. Based on Pakistan's apparent past record of transferring nuclear information, clearly there is a possibility that it could also pass on missile design information to other states that are currently in a better position to capitalize on that type of data. Iran, Iraq, China, and other similar states are all possible candidates.

In short, Pakistan is well on its way to becoming a nuclear power of some limited importance. How far it will be able to develop its missile capabilities by 2010 is highly dependent on the foreign assistance and technology flow it receives from abroad. It appears likely that Pakistan will have a significant regional missile capability by 2010, but it also seems doubtful that it would be able to field an ICBM by that date. What may be more worrisome is the possibility that Pakistan could provide ICBM-related information to other states that are more able to put that information into use by 2010 or shortly thereafter.

NOTES

1 Iftikhar H. Malik, "The State and Civil Society in Pakistan," Asian Survey, Vol. XXXVI, No. 7, July 1996, pp. 684-85.

2 Malik, "The State and Civil Society in Pakistan," op. cit., p. 677.

3 Saeed Shafqat, "Pakistan Under Benazir Bhutto," Asian Survey, Vol. XXXVI, No. 7, July 1996, p. 670.

4 Malik, "The State and Civil Society in Pakistan," op. cit., p. 679.

5 Pakistan has not conducted a census since 1981. The landed elites that hold political power do not want to determine a new official distribution of the population as they believe it would lead to a reapportionment that would erode their political power base. See Marcus W. Brauchli, "A Rising Middle Class Clamors for Changes in Troubled Pakistan," The Wall Street Journal, December 14, 1995, pp. A1, A6.

6 Ibid., pp. 670-72.

7 For example, see Malik, "The State and Civil Society in Pakistan," op. cit., pp. 676-78.

8 For more complete insights into Pakistan's internal situation, see the series of articles published in Asian Survey, Vol. XXXVI, No. 7, July 1996, pp. 639-90; and Hersh, op. cit., pp. 60-65.

9 It should be noted that India and Pakistan signed an agreement in 1988 not to attack each other's nuclear facilities. To this end, on the first of January of each year, they exchange lists of nuclear installations and facilities. See "New Delhi, Islamabad Nuclear Lists Exchanged," Delhi All India Radio Network, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-001, January 1, 1996. There are also reports that India and Pakistan have become much more cautious in their actions toward each other since their confrontation in 1990, which was discussed in the section dealing with India.

10 For example, see the comments of Pakistan's former Foreign Minister in "Pakistan: Editorial Urges Continuation of Nuclear Program," Nawa-I-Waqt, translated in FBIS-NES-96-234, December 4, 1996.

11 Malik, op. cit. p. 79.

12 Robert B. Oakley, "Opportunities and Prospects for Cooperation on Asian Security Issues--Central and West Asia," The United States and India in the Post-Soviet World: Proceedings of the Third Indo-U.S. Strategic Symposium, Institute for National Strategic Studies, National Defense University, 1993, p. 153; and Hersh, op. cit., p. 62.

13 Private conversation with a South Asian expert, U.S. Department of State, under conditions of nonattribution, November 1996.

14 Oakley, op. cit., p. 149.

15 Alex Spillius, "Neighbours Seek Gains in Divided Afghanistan," The Daily Telegraph, October 16, 1996, p. 17.

16 "Editorial Views Tehran's Mediation of Islamabad-Kabul Talks," The Nation, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-016, January 23, 1996.

17 Ibid.

18 Mariana Baabar, "Pakistan: Indian Delegations Hold Secret Meetings With Rabbani," The News, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-078, April 21, 1996; and "India: Pakistan Seen as Conduit for U.S. Influence in Afghanistan, Indian Express, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-207, October 21, 1996.

19 There are a number of unspecified reports of possible Indian assistance to the Rabbani government as, for example, "Afghanistan's Neighbours Carry On Playing the Great Game," Jane's Defence Weekly, December 9, 1995, p. 14; and Mariana Baabar, "Pakistan: Indian Delegations Hold Secret Meeting With Rabbani," Islamabad The News, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-078, April 21, 1996. One interesting Pakistani press report, "Pakistan: Indian Efforts to Gain Influence in Afghanistan Reported," The Muslim, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-059, March 23, 1996, cites specific details. It claims India provided selected military equipment assistance to the Rabbani government, positioned an assistance team of 60 Indians in Kabul, trained 28 Afghan pilots in India, assisted Afghanistan in making their Scud B missile systems operational, and detailed 9 Indian pilots to Kabul--pilots who reportedly took part in an air raid on December 9, 1995, in which 27 Talibans were killed.

20 See "Afghanistan: Taliban Official Claims India, Iran Supplying Alliance," Hong Kong AFP, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-214, November 4, 1996; and K.K. Katyal, "India: Invitation to Tehran Conference on Afghanistan Viewed," The Hindu, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-211, October 29, 1996.

21 For examples, see "U.S. Makes Bad Call On Afghanistan," Intelligence Digest, October 4, 1996; "India: Pakistan Seen As Conduit for U.S. Influence in Afghanistan, Indian Express, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-207, October 21, 1996.

22 "Afghanistan: La Route du Gaz," Le Figaro, September 30, 1996. According to this French article, President Clinton wrote the President of Turkmenistan to request his support for this contract. The construction contract was signed on October 21, 1995, six weeks after the Taliban secured Herat on September 5, 1995. Other sources claim the U.S. supported the Taliban as part of its Iranian containment strategy.

23 "U.S. Accuses Pakistan of Supporting Afghan Taliban," Asian Defence Journal, March 1996, p. 88.

24 For examples, see Ibid.; Spillius, "Neighbours Seek Gains in Divided Afghanistan," op. cit.; "Afghanistan's Neighbours Carry On Playing the Great Game," op. cit.; and "Commentary Accuses Pakistan of Interfering in Afghanistan," Delhi All India Radio Network, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-034, February 17, 1996. There is one unconfirmed report that Russian military sources claim that Taliban has 40,000 men, 200 tanks, and 20 combat aircraft. See "Big Dangers Ahead in Afghanistan," Intelligence Digest, October 11, 1996.

25 "Afghan Factions: Shifting Alliances in Continuing Civil War," The Washington Post, October 23, 1996, p. A29; and Anthony Davis, "Rabbani Drops National Army for Guerrilla War, Jane's Defence Weekly, November 27, 1996, p. 14.

26 "Afghanistan: Taliban Officials Accuses Russia, Iran, and India of Aggression," Hong Kong AFP, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-207, October 24, 1996.

27 Ibid.

28 For example, see Spillius, op. cit.

29 "Afghanistan: Taliban Official Claims India, Iran Supplying Alliance," op. cit.; and "Big Dangers Ahead in Afghanistan," Intelligence Digest, October 11, 1996.

30 For example, see "Pakistani Envoy to Tehran Discusses Afghan Problems," Tehran Times, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-013, January 10, 1996.

31 "The Taleban and the Arab Afghans," The Intelligence Digest, October 25, 1996.

32 For example, the Iranian-backed Afghan Shiite leader died while in Taliban custody. "South Asia: Nuclear Report Adds to South Asian Jitters," op. cit.

33 "U.S. Makes Bad Call On Afghanistan," op. cit.

34 Ibid.

35 Hersh, op. cit., p. 59.

36 "Early Warnings on Pakistan," Middle East Defense News, October 12, 1992.

37 Kathleen C. Bailey, Doomsday Weapons in the Hands of Many (Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 1991) p. 24.

38 For examples, see Ibid.; "Early Warnings on Pakistan," op. cit.; Hersh, op. cit., p. 57; and Marcus Warren, "Pakistan's Nuclear Program at a Screwdriver Level," The Washington Times, February 20, 1996, p. A1.

39 For examples, see Bailey, op. cit., p. 25; Rai Singh, "Indian Commentary Views Alleged Nuclear Smuggling by Pakistan," All India Radio General Overseas Service, transcribed in FBIS-TAC-96-003, February 6, 1996; and E.A. Wayne, "Bhutto Denies Pakistan Has Nuclear Weapons," The Christian Science Monitor, June 9, 1989, p. 7.

40 Wayne, "Bhutto Denies Pakistan Has Nuclear Weapons," op. cit., p. 7; and "Can the U.S. Rely On China's Export Promises," Risk, May 1996, p. 8. The first report claims the tritium came from Germany, the second states that China provided the tritium according to German officials.

41 Bailey, op. cit., p. 25; and Andrew Koch, "Nuclear Testing in South Asia and the CTBT," The Nonproliferation Review, Spring/Summer 1996, p. 102 (end note 5).

42 "Early Warnings on Pakistan," op. cit.

43 Alan Cooperman and Kyrill Belianinov, "Moonlighting by Modem in Russia," U.S. News and World Report, April 17, 1995, p. 45.

44 Presentation by a noted nonproliferation expert, February 29, 1996. The information was provided on a nonattribution basis.

45 Ali Abbas Rizvi, op, cit., p. 22; "Can the U.S. Rely On China's Export Promises," Risk, op. cit., p. 8; and private conversation with Leonard Spector, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, February 29, 1996. The date that China transferred the nuclear design plans to Pakistan is usually cited as occurring during the early 1980s. Leonard Spector's research indicates the date was around 1982. The article in Risk claims that U.S. intelligence discovered in 1983 that China had transferred the design to Pakistan. The Risk article also states that "American agents even learned the catalog numbers of some of the weapon's parts and produced a model of the bomb to show Pakistani diplomats."

46 Ian Brodie, "Spies Proved China Helped Pakistan Get Nuclear Bomb," The Times, April 2, 1996, p. 14. According to this report, U.S. nuclear specialists constructed a model of the Pakistani bomb based on Khan's blueprints; the model was shown to Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto.

47 Pravin Sawhney, "Standing Alone: India's Nuclear Imperative," Jane's International Defense Review," November 1996, p. 27.

48 Nuclear Data Book, Vol. V, op. cit., p. 420.

49 Ibid.

50 Ibid., p. 333.

51 Hoagland, "Briefing Yeltsin on Iran," op. cit., p. A23. It has become common for U.S. diplomats to refer to clandestine nuclear weapon capabilities has being but "a few turns of a screwdriver" away from a nuclear weapon. In reality, that claim means nothing. For safety reasons, early generation nuclear weapons routinely are stored in two or three separate canisters that contain various components of the weapon. Nuclear assembly teams put the components together just before the weapon is to be mated with its delivery system. If having the weapon assembled is a criterion for being a nuclear-armed power, the United States spent a number of years after World War II being just "a few turns of a screwdriver" away from having a nuclear weapon.

52 Hersh, op. cit., p. 59; and Rehul Bedi, "U.S. Hesitancy Over Bomb Regarded as Confirmation," South China Morning Post, March 8, 1996, p. 15.

53 Bedi, op. cit.

54 "Pakistan: Renowned Nuclear Scientist Comments on Nuclear Program," Nawa-I-Waqt, translated in FBIS-NES-96-151, August 1, 1996..

55 R. Jeffrey Smith, " Pakistan Has A-Weapons For Missiles, U.S. Fears," The Washington Post, June 14, 1996, pp. A1, A12. Both India's and Pakistan's nuclear programs have the reputation for being very secretive. It seems doubtful that the details of these programs are completely known by U.S. intelligence agencies.

56 Bill Gertz, "China Aids Pakistani Plutonium Plant," The Washington Times, April 3, 1996, p. A4.

57 Ashraf Mumtaz, "Pakistan: First Indigenously Developed Nuclear Reactor Completed," Dawn, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-048, March 7, 1996. It should be noted that many other sources claim the size of this reactor as being 40 MWs. A couple of sources cite higher figures--up to 100 MWs. For example, see Sawhney, "Standing Alone, India's Nuclear Imperative," op. cit. p. 27.

58 Gertz, "China Aids Pakistani Plutonium Plant," op. cit.

59 Sawhney, "Standing Alone, India's Nuclear Imperative," op. cit. p. 27; and Bill Gertz, "Beijing Flouts Nuke-Sales Ban," The Washington Times, October 9, 1996, pp. A1, A9. There is some uncertainty on the intended use of the magnets. Some articles asset that the magnets were intended to upgrade the current system, one alleges the new magnets were to replace worn-out magnets, another claims that the magnets could be used to increase the number of centrifuges in the cascade. Most assessments seem to lean in favor of an upgrade to the productivity of the system by using more powerful magnets.

60 Koch, "Nuclear Testing in South Asia and the CTBT," op. cit., p. 102 (end note 5).

61 Gertz, "Beijing Flouts Nuke-Sales Ban," p. A9.

62 Warren, "Pakistan's Nuclear Program at a Screwdriver Level," op. cit.

63 For an example, see Aabha Dixit, "India: Article Views Pakistan's Missile Program as Serious Threat," Calcutta The Telegraph, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-173, September 2, 1996.

64 Pravin Sawhney, "India: Chinese Missile Technology Transfer Alleged," The Asian Age, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-168, August 27, 1996.

65 Danny Lee, "Ideal Weapon for Surprise Attack," Singapore, The Straits Times, June 14, 1996, p. 19.

66 Presentation by a noted nonproliferation expert, February 29, 1996. The information was provided on a nonattribution basis.

67 "Missile Story Old Hat," Intelligence Newsletter, July 13, 1995; and Smith, Pakistan Has A-Weapons For Missiles, U.S. Fears," op. cit., p. 12.

68 R. Jeffrey Smith, "Pakistan Is Building Missile Plant, U.S. Says," The Washington Post, August 26, 1996, p. 23.

69 Ranjit Kumar, "India: Article Views Need for Russian Antimissile System," Navbharat Times, translated in FBIS-TAC-96-004, February 18, 1996. Many Indian articles make exaggerated claims regarding Pakistan's missile capabilities. On the other hand, the recurring reports of new shipments of M-11s into Pakistan would indicate that the number of systems now in country is probably above the 30 commonly mentioned in press reports. Based on a survey of estimates, it is likely that Pakistan now has 38-58 M-11s.

70 Smith, "Pakistan Is Building Missile Plant, U.S. Says," op. cit.

71 "China and Pakistan's Missiles," Foreign Report, Jane's Information Group, May 2, 1996, p. 2.

72 Ibid., p. 3.

73 For example, see Ibid.; and Smith, "Pakistan Is Building Missile Plant, U.S. Says," op. cit.

74 For example, see "Indian Claims on Pak Hi-Tech Missile Factory," Intelligence Digest, June 1996; Atul Aneja, "India: Sources Report China, Pakistan Working on New Missile, The Hindu, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-180, September 13, 1996; Pravin Sawhney, "India: Chinese Missile Technology Transfer Alleged," Delhi, The Asian Age, transcribed in FBIS-NES-96-168, August 27, 1996; and Dixit, "India: Article Views Pakistan's Missile Program as Serious Threat," op. cit. The Nonproliferation Review has long shown the Half III to have almost the same weight and characteristics as the Chinese M-9. If Pakistan is building an M-9 missile, it will result in a diplomatic firestorm when it is unveiled. If U.S. intelligence agencies should suspect that a Pakistani version of an M-9 is in the works, they probably would not reveal that suspicion until they could prove the allegation. At the same time, it should be remembered that the M-11 was originally designed as a two stage missile with a 1000 km range. Logistically, it would make sense to build the Hatf II (M-11) as a single-stage system that can be stacked with a second-stage to form the Hatf III.

75 Dixit, "India: Article Views Pakistan's Missile Program as Serious Threat," op. cit.

76 Ibid.

77 "India With Pakistan, 6/19/96," The Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1996, p. 159.

78 Risk, op. cit., May 1996, p. 8.

79 Thomas Scheuer, "Pakistani Called Mastermind of Iraqi Nuclear Program," Focus, translated in FBIS-TAC-96-003, January 29, 1996.

80 According to Rizvi, "The Nuclear Bomb and Security of South Asia," op. cit., p. 22, the purported nuclear weapon blueprints discovered by U.N. inspectors in Iraq revealed a bomb design so unstable that the resulting weapon could have detonated on the workbench. First generation nuclear weapons are not noted for their safety devices.

81 Jim Hoagland, "Briefing Yeltsin on Iran," The Washington Post, May 17, 1995, p. A23.

82 "Iran with Pakistan, 12/21/95," The Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1996, p. 113.

83 Hoagland, "Briefing Yeltsin on Iran," op. cit.

84 "Pakistan with Iran and Saudi Arabia, 3/95," The Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1995, p. 116.

85 "Pakistan with Iran, 5/3/95," The Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1995, p. 168. It was not clear how many of the agreements included WMD or missile technologies.

86 Tim McGirk, "A Year of Looting Dangerously," London, The Independent on Sunday, March 24, 1996, pp. 4-8.

87 Ibid.

88 Ibid. Considering the fact that the United States adopted the new Franklin hundred dollar bill, partially due to Iranian high quality counterfeiting of standard $100 bills, it may be that Iran is buying nuclear material for the price of paper and printing ink.

89 Ibid.

90 "China, with Afghanistan, Iran, Kazakstan, Pakistan, Russia, and Turkmenistan, 1/96" The Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1996, p. 117.

Posted by maximpost at 3:34 PM EST
Permalink

>> MORE...OUR RUSSIAN FRIENDS

Russia trains 600 Iranian nuclear experts
MOSCOW: Russia has trained 600 Iranian experts to work on its first nuclear power station, which Washington fears is being used to develop atomic weapons, the ITAR-TASS news agency reported on Wednesday.
An Iranian nuclear official told the agency that the experts had undergone training at the Novovoronezh Centre in Russia, which is to prepare some 700 specialists for work in the Bushehr plant. Russia faced intense pressure from the United States over helping Iran in construction of the Bushehr reactor.
The US fears that Iran could use fuel from the reactor for a programme for developing nuclear weapons. Washington has, however, toned down its criticism in the past several months.
http://jang.com.pk/thenews/feb2004-daily/19-02-2004/main/main9.htm


>> OTHER SITES...

Nuclear machinery found in Iran
By Barbara Slavin and John Diamond, USA TODAY
United Nations inspectors have found sophisticated uranium-enrichment machinery at an air force base outside Iran's capital, Tehran, U.S. and foreign sources with knowledge of the discovery say.
The find at Doshen-Tappen air base appears to undermine Iran's claim it is not pursuing a nuclear bomb. The discovery may strengthen calls for action by the International Atomic Energy Agency, the U.N.'s nuclear watchdog.
The IAEA would not comment Wednesday, nor would the Bush administration. However, a source with knowledge of the find at the base said the Iranians had constructed and tested a gas-centrifuge system there. Such a system is used to refine uranium for nuclear reactors or bombs. There was no indication any uranium had been inserted or enriched.
Iran has long been suspected of seeking nuclear bombs and is building a reactor with the help of Russia. The United States has questioned why Iran needs nuclear power, since it has the world's fifth-largest oil reserves.
Under pressure last year to disclose its intentions, Iran agreed in a deal with France, Germany and Britain to suspend efforts to enrich uranium and to let inspectors into the country to prove it is not trying to build bombs.
Last week, U.N. inspectors looking through Iranian nuclear documents found drawings of a so-called P-2 gas centrifuge, twice as productive as a model Iran has acknowledged using to enrich uranium. Iranian Foreign Minister Kamal Kharrazi on Tuesday admitted Iran is doing research on the P-2, but for peaceful purposes.
Two U.S. sources briefed on the IAEA discovery said the Iranians admitted that they also possessed the actual machinery and tested it. The discovery appears to indicate that Iran is moving ahead with a nuclear-bomb program.
Before the latest revelations, U.S. intelligence believed Iran was 10 years from a nuclear weapon.
"The question is, did the Iranians actually give us the Full Monty or are they just doing a striptease?" asks Patrick Clawson, deputy director of The Washington Institute for Near East Policy.
Three sources with knowledge of the latest find say it will be mentioned in an IAEA report to be sent to the 35 governments on the organization's board this weekend.
One expert said Iran should be encouraged to keep cooperating with the IAEA and not be subjected to U.N. penalties.
"You want the Iranians to reveal more, and we know there is more to reveal," says David Albright, president of the Institute for Science and International Security in Washington.
Pressure on Iran has increased since Libya decided last year to reveal its nuclear activities and Pakistan admitted that its top nuclear scientist sold nuclear know-how to Libya, Iran and North Korea.


---------------------------------------------------------------

>> YR - Q"The P2 centrifuges are entirely a research project and have not been commissioned," he added.

Diplomats say uranium enrichment parts found in Iran
By Reuters
TEHRAN/VIENNA - Iran denied on Thursday reports it was conducting sensitive nuclear activities at a military base.
"Iran's nuclear activities are entirely peaceful and Iran has not had and nor does it have military nuclear activities," the Foreign Ministry said in a statement faxed to Reuters.
Diplomats told Reuters on Thursday the UN's nuclear watchdog had found undeclared components in Iran compatible with advanced uranium centrifuge designs, stoking Western concerns that Tehran may be developing nuclear weapons.
The USA Today newspaper reported on Thursday that parts for advanced "P2" uranium centrifuges - a Pakistani version of the advanced Western "G2" design - had been found at the Doshan Tapeh military base in Tehran.
It quoted an unnamed source saying a system at the base had been assembled and tested. Uranium centrifuges can be used to make fuel either for nuclear reactors or atomic bombs.
But the Foreign Ministry said: "In none of Iran's military centres is a nuclear programme being pursued and P2 centrifuges do not exist in such centres."
"The P2 centrifuges are entirely a research project and have not been commissioned," he added.
Iran insists that it made a full declaration of its nuclear technology to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in October, and that its programs are purely peaceful.
A discovery of undeclared equipment might suggest it has something to hide, possibly a weapons program.
"This stuff should have been declared," one Western diplomat said. The IAEA declined to comment and Iranian officials could not immediately be contacted.
Iran said this week it had held blueprints for the G2 system, but denied allegations from Western diplomats that it had committed a serious offence by failing to declare them.
"[This] is not something the agency has discovered, Iran has informed the agency about it...It's a sheer lie that Iran is manufacturing G2 centrifuges," Hossein Mousavian, head of foreign relations at Iran's Supreme National Security Council, said in a newspaper published on Monday.
IAEA chief Mohamed ElBaradei is expected to circulate two reports next week on UN inspections, one on Iran and the other on Libya, which admitted in December to pursuing weapons of mass destruction and agreed to give them up voluntarily.
Iran agreed in October, in a deal brokered by Germany, France and Britain, to allow snap inspections of its atomic facilities by the IAEA and to suspend uranium enrichment.
The discovery of the G2 designs led some arms experts to speculate that Iran may have a secret enrichment facility apart from one at Natanz in the centre of the country, which is being built to accommodate older G1 centrifuges.
Several diplomats and arms experts have said they believe the Pakistani nuclear scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan, who has admitted leaking nuclear secrets to Iran, Libya and North Korea, offered Iran his centrifuge designs on the black market.
Gas centrifuges spin at supersonic speeds to separate fissile uranium-235 from the non-fissile uranium isotopes.
? Copyright 2004 Haaretz. All rights reserved

-----------------------------------------------------------

Shin Bet: Tennenbaum is still lying

By Yossi Melman
The Shin Bet security investigators interrogating Elhanan Tennenbaum believe he is not telling the truth about how he reached Beirut. They do not accept his version of being kidnapped from a Gulf city - Dubai apparently - where he had traveled from Belgium, Shin Bet head Avi Dichter told the Knesset sub-committee on intelligence and secret services on Tuesday.
Tennenbaum, a businessman and senior officer in the reserves, was returned to Israel in the recent prisoner exchange with Hezbollah. After Dichter's briefing on the interrogation, a committee member said Tennenbaum was sticking to his story.
He says he left Israel in September 2000 for a meeting which he hoped would make him some money personally and, he believed would, among other issues, provide information about missing Air Force navigator Ron Arad. This was the original version of his disappearance given by Tennenbaum during an interview with the Hezbollah TV station, on the eve of his release.
Dichter told the MKs Tennenbaum had failed a polygraph test. Members of the top-secret sub-committee yesterday took the unusual step of issuing a statement describing the Tennenbaum case as "one of the worst and most worrying affairs in the state's history."
The statement said the subcommittee members gave their backing to Shin Bet interrogators, Israel Defense Forces, and police involved in trying to get to the truth. It said it would not be satisfied until all circumstances of the Tennenbaum affair were clarified, the damage to state security established, and the necessary measures taken.
MK Haim Ramon (Labor) later said: "We would like the public to be aware of the serious nature of this affair, particularly the circumstances of how he arrived in Lebanon, and damage to state security." MKIlan Leibovitch (Shinui) said they were worried by Tennenbaum's lawyer, Eli Zohar, saying that he would probably not be put on trial.
Zohar, and Tennenbaum's other lawyer Ro'i Blecher, reacted to the sub-committee's statement: "It is not fitting that this important committee should take a stand during an ongoing investigation and turn itself into a judiciary that passes judgment on a person being interrogated."
Zohar said: "What we have been saying all along is that we hope the interrogation will end without an indictment, but we also said that if there are infringements they will be such as do not warrant a punishment of more than the three years of captivity that he underwent with Hezbollah."
The two lawyers added that the MKs had violated the gag order imposed on the Tennenbaum investigation by the Petah Tikva magistrate's court.
? Copyright 2004 Haaretz. All rights reserved

---------------------------------------------------------

>> AHEM...

Proper disengagement
On the eve of the prime minister's meeting with three senior American officials who have come to hear details of his unilateral disengagement plan, it has become increasingly evident that Ariel Sharon's idea has been neither worked out in detail, nor fully fleshed out.
At the end of a series of discussions with political and defense establishment leaders, disputes remain over key issues dealing with the extent of the withdrawal from Gaza and the West Bank, coordination with the Palestinian Authority, and the fate of the settlements to be evacuated.
Contacts with the Americans have exposed basic flaws in the decision making process in efforts to agree on ways to integrate the disengagement plan, the road map, and President George Bush's June 2002 vision. The Israeli government, which justifiably demands that the U.S. coordinate in advance any and all details of any political process - like the road map - surprised the administration with the disengagement plan. Contacts with the U.S. to clarify the details of the plan only began after it had been debated in public, and domestic disputes about it reverberated across the ocean.
The unusual procedure of formulating a far-reaching political plan while holding a dialogue with the U.S. obliges the government to be particularly attentive to the Bush administration's positions. An examination of them shows that they fit both Israel's short term considerations and its strategic goals.
The principle guiding the Americans is that any unilateral move must not include irreversible steps that would sabotage a chance to reach an agreement for a two-state solution on the basis of the 1967 borders accompanied by mutually agreed upon border corrections.
That principle should guide Israel away from "balancing" a unilateral withdrawal from Gaza with a de facto unilateral annexation of territories in the West Bank - using the invasive route of the separation fence. There are neither legal grounds nor international support for Sharon's instructions to strengthen settlements in areas "that will remain in Israeli hands in any agreement." A unilateral withdrawal does not require an agreement; deepening Israel's control over the territories cannot be done unilaterally.
The withdrawal from Gaza will not achieve its goals if Sharon adopts the idea of keeping three settlements in place in the northwest corner of the Strip, or leave military forces in various places in Gush Katif. Israel has no interest in providing excuses to Palestinian extremist groups to turn Gaza into a base from which to continue the violent struggle. Therefore Israel should take seriously the American recommendation that every effort be made to coordinate the unilateral withdrawal from Gaza with the Palestinian Authority.
Ending the occupation of the densely populated Gaza Strip and the evacuation of isolated settlements in the heart of the West Bank could become a first step on the road to rehabilitating the trust between the sides. Short term considerations and sloppy planning should not be allowed to spoil another chance to step out of the cycle of violence and onto a track for disengagement and dialogue.
? Copyright 2004 Haaretz. All rights reserved

----------------------------------------------------------------

>> "BRING IT ON?"

'North Korea ready for both dialogue, confrontation with US'
SEOUL: North Korea said on Wednesday it was "ready for both dialogue and confrontation" with the United States, as a top US envoy urged the communist state to stop brinkmanship in the nuclear standoff. Top communist party official Choe Thae-Bok said North Korea would "return artillery fire for enemy's rifle fire" unless the US gave up its hardline policy.
"The prevailing situation requires us to be ready for both dialogue and confrontation," Choe, secretary of the Central Committee of the Workers' Party of Korea, said in a speech to a rally in Pyongyang.
The official Korean Central News Agency quoted Choe as saying: "It is an unshakeable stand of (North Korea) to return artillery fire for enemy's rifle fire and react to its hard-line policy with the toughest stand."
The speech came as the US Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security, John Bolton, denounced the North's trademark bargaining tactics of brinkmanship ahead of new six-nation nuclear crisis talks. The two Koreas, the US, China, Russia and Japan will meet in Beijing on February 25 in a bid to resolve the 16-month standoff on Pyongyang's nuclear ambitions.
"The spotlight next week is on North Korea. If they truly want to get rid of their nuclear weapons program, here is the opportunity to do it," Bolton said Wednesday in an interview with Japanese public broadcaster NHK. "We're not going to submit to blackmail or reward bad behaviour," he said. Bolton warned that the North's refusal to discuss its uranium enrichment program could derail the chances of finding a peaceful solution to the standoff.
The crisis began in October 2002 when the US said North Korea had admitted running a clandestine nuclear weapons program based on enriched uranium in violation of a 1994 nuclear freeze accord.
Pyongyang has denied the claims by Washington, while reactivating its once-frozen nuclear facilities producing weapons-grade plutonium. But the Stalinist state has offered to freeze its plutonium-producing facilities if it gets US concessions, including a resumption of energy aid to Pyongyang.
Washington has urged Pyongyang first to abandon all nuclear development activities in a verifiable and irreversible manner.
Meanwhile, a senior US envoy John Bolton on Wednesday said North Korea's refusal to discuss its illicit uranium enrichment program threatened the chances of finding a peaceful solution to the nuclear arms crisis.
"I think North Korea's unwillingness to discuss the uranium enrichment program could subvert President (George W.) Bush's determination for a peaceful, diplomatic resolution of the North Korean issue," Bolton said in an interview with public broadcaster NHK, without elaborating.
The comments by the Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security came just a week before six-nation talks on the nuclear crisis involving the two Koreas, China, Russia, the United States and Japan.
Bolton, once branded "human scum" by Pyongyang for his hardline rhetoric, said North Korea should follow Libya's example in renouncing its weapons of mass destruction and that Washington would not bow to blackmail if it did not.
"I think the North Koreans could take a look at what recently happened in Libya," Bolton said. "The result of this, when we're finished with the dismantlement, will be a completely changed relationship between Libya and the United States. That same prospect is there for North Korea if the North Koreans take it."
"The spotlight next week is on North Korea. If they truly want to get rid of their nuclear weapons program, here is the opportunity to do it," Bolton said.
"We're not going to submit to blackmail or reward bad behaviour." The six-way talks set for Wednesday are the first in six months aimed at breaking the impasse to the 16-month nuclear crisis.
----------------------------------------------------------

>> SATELLITES MADE US DO IT?

Nukes-information leak occurring via satellite: Sheikh Rashid
(Updated at 1800 PST)
ISLAMABAD: Federal Minster for Information and Broadcasting, Sheikh Rashid, has said on Thursday that Pakistani government is not sharing any information linked to nuke technology with any country, but it is being had through satellite communication system, said a report.
Addressing a National Hassina Conference in Islamabad, he said: "Pakistan is still lagging behind in communication field, adding that at present there are around thirteen satellite communication systems in the space used for sharing information about arsenals." "Pakistanis are absolutely ignorant of such a horrendous leak", he said.
http://jang.com.pk/thenews/feb2004-daily/19-02-2004/main/update.shtml#29
------------------------------------------------------

Musharraf defiant in face of N-secrets
By Edward Luce &
Farhan Bokhari
ISLAMABAD: General Pervez Musharraf has been under an intense diplomatic and media spotlight in the past two weeks after revelations that AQ Khan - father of Pakistan's nuclear bomb - was at the centre of an international nuclear proliferation network.
But Pakistan's military ruler on Tuesday gave few signs of pressure in an interview with the Financial Times. Wearing his military fatigues and medals, Gen Musharraf did admit he could not have imagined a more difficult situation.
He said that AQ Khan, who is under security watch at his plush home in Islamabad, was a personal hero and a hero to the nation for having provided Pakistan with its nuclear deterrent. Gen Musharraf pardoned the scientist after he confessed on national television. "I have been meeting Dr AQ Khan," he said. "I have had dinners with him and I held him in the highest esteem. Who in Pakistan did not hold him in high esteem?"
That was before the US and the Vienna-based International Atomic Energy Agency gave Gen Musharraf evidence of AQ Khan's proliferation activities. "How do you handle this situation?" the general asked. "Here is a person who is trying to destroy that very thing [Pakistan's nuclear independence] or giving excuses for others to destroy it and that person happens to be the person who has created it."
Gen Musharraf was at pains to explain that AQ Khan and his acolytes -- six of whom remain in detention and under interrogation -- had acted without official authorisation or knowledge and also to convey that Islamabad had closed off all future possibilities of nuclear proliferation.
The general disputed the suggestion that Pakistan's nuclear programme, which started in the mid-1970s under the civilian government of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, was - or ever had been - under the control of Pakistan's army.
Many in Pakistan and elsewhere have been sceptical that AQ Khan's proliferation took place without the knowledge of senior military officers. "No sir, it [Pakistan's nuclear programme] is not under the aegis of the military. It never was and it is not now," Gen Musharraf said. "We have a [Nuclear] National Command Authority with the president as the boss and there are a number of ministers - all the stakeholders - and the military men also. This is not a military body, it is the highest body of the nation."
Gen Musharraf reiterated that he had heard nothing of AQ Khan's nuclear smuggling since he became Pakistan's military chief in 1998 and its ruler, after a bloodless coup, in 1999. AQ Khan was sidelined in 2001 after Gen Musharraf set up the nuclear authority with a clear chain of command and control over Mr Khan's development laboratory and other nuclear development bodies. "I believe in the army dictum that a commander is responsible for all that happens or does not happen in his command -- and to that extent any president is responsible for what happens in the country," he said. "But otherwise, if you are hinting at my direct responsibility, no not at all. I do read in some newspapers some aspersions being cast . . . it is all nonsense."
Gen Musharraf also explained in detail why it was quite plausible that AQ Khan and his accomplices had managed to smuggle nuclear designs past extensive security checks at the Khan Research Laboratories, near Islamabad, where Pakistan's uranium enrichment takes place.
Last week, relatives of the detained scientists alleged that it would have been impossible to do so without broader connivance. "It is an unfortunate reality when the boss of an institution himself [AQ Khan] is involved," said Gen Musharraf. "If there was a security problem here [at Gen Musharraf's office] and if I myself am involved in the breach, do you think anyone is going to check me? I am free to go anywhere, I can take anything in my car, I can take anything in my briefcase."
Gen Musharraf said the Pakistan investigators had not established that AQ Khan had smuggled anything other than designs for centrifuges. He said the investigation, which is not yet completed and which Pakistan plans to share with the US, had not so far found that AQ Khan had transferred designs for nuclear weapons or more bulky material. "What is in a design?" he said. "It is a piece of paper you put in your pocket, or it is on the computer. For that matter I would say it is in the mind of the man. You do not have to carry it if you know it yourself."
Gen Musharraf also revealed that AQ Khan had signed a written agreement two weeks ago in which he pledged not to resume any contacts with the "nuclear underworld" outside of Pakistan. Some critics in Pakistan allege that AQ Khan was pardoned in order to forestall any embarrassment to Islamabad that might arise from a trial.
Pakistan's president denied this. "He [AQ Khan] has written that he will never be involved in these activities again -- proliferation activities -- that he regrets all that he has done, that he's not going to get involved in anything of this sort. If he breaches that, certainly the pardon will be revoked." Gen Musharraf also said that AQ Khan would be permitted to keep his extensive financial assets, in spite of the fact they were evidently ill-gotten gains. "Yes, he has property and he has been buying and spending left, right and centre. But we haven't taken them [his personal assets] over. We are not planning to."
Musharraf says Pakistan will not compete with India on nukes Pakistan will not try to match India's nuclear weapons development, although it will soon test a long-range missile, President Pervez Musharraf has said. The Shaheen II missile, with a range of 2,000km, would be tested within the next few weeks, he said. "If they (India) want to reach 5,000km, or to have intercontinental ballistic missiles, we are not interested in those. We are only interested in our own defence," he said. India and Pakistan have often spoken with one voice during global nuclear policy discussions.
But President Musharraf reiterated that Pakistan would not allow the UN to inspect its nuclear programme. "We are not hiding anything...what is the need for any inspection?" he said. "This is a very sensitive issue. Would any other nuclear power allow its sensitive installations to be inspected? Why should Pakistan be expected to allow anybody to inspect?" Musharraf's commented.
Musharraf said he was confident no further proliferation would take place from Pakistan. "We are not hiding anything . . . what is the need of any inspection? What for?" he said. "We will cooperate with any organisation, the International Atomic Energy Agency, or anybody. But don't treat us as if we do not know what we are doing. We are doing everything according to international standards."
http://jang.com.pk/thenews/feb2004-daily/19-02-2004/main/main3.htm
--------------------------------------------------------------------

Bhutto steps up pressure on Pakistan's N-leak
By Farhan Bokhari and Edward Luce
Published: February 18 2004 23:50 | Last Updated: February 18 2004 23:50
Benazir Bhutto, Pakistan's exiled former prime minister, will hold a meeting in London on Thursday to exploit the embarrassment of General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military ruler, over revelations of the country's central role in nuclear proliferation.
About 30 senior parliamentarians of Ms Bhutto's Pakistan People's party, one of the leading opposition groups in parliament, will join their leader in London for the strategy meeting.
Opposition parties in Pakistan were this week denied their request for a parliamentary debate over Gen Musharraf's handling of the scandal. Earlier this month Abdul Qadeer Khan, father of Pakistan's bomb, confessed to his activities and received a pardon.
"This is a meeting to decide how far the party can put pressure on Gen Musharraf on this issue," Farhatullah Babur, the PPP spokesman said yesterday. "Benazir Bhutto's basic point is that the Musharraf government needs to tell us more, no matter how embarrassing it is."
Opposition leaders are demanding an inquiry into what many think is the likely role of senior military and intelligence officers in facilitating Mr Khan's use of the "nuclear black market".
In an interview with the FT this week, Gen Musharraf denied that he or any of his predecessors had knowledge of Mr Khan's activities.
Senior Pakistan officials predict that Ms Bhutto, who would face a number of corruption cases if she returned to Pakistan, would find it difficult to ignite popular feeling within Pakistan.

"Her strategy will be to reach out to western capitals to build up pressure against the government," said a Pakistani official.

http://news.ft.com/servlet/ContentServer?pagename=FT.com/StoryFT/FullStory&c=StoryFT&cid=1075982644115&p=1045050946495
--------------------------------------------------------------------

Pakistan's banks break free of state chains
By Farhan Bokhari
Published: February 18 2004 20:58 | Last Updated: February 18 2004 20:58
When trade union officials suspected that a Pakistan bank was not going to hire their nominees to new positions, they threatened to throw the bank's president out of his eighth-floor office.
"Union leaders just walked into the president's office and threatened to hang him by his toes from his office window unless he complied with their demands," says a former manager of the bank.
That was 20 years ago. At the time, all of Pakistan's banks were in the hands - and often the palm - of the state. But now the completion of the bank privatisation programme, combined with falling interest rates, is launching Pakistan's banks into competition on the international stage.
Zakir Mehmood, the president of Habib Bank, the last public sector bank to be privatised, says that for the first time western businesses can deal with local banks on the same basis as banks in their own countries. Mr Mehmood's confidence will be tested in the coming months.
"For Pakistan, the pleasant anomaly may be that we are a third world country but interest rates for some of our borrowers are similar to first world rates," says Mr Mehmood. While individual consumers face interest rates of 8 to 10 per cent, many bigger companies are negotiating annual interest rates of 2 to 2.5 per cent, Mr Mehmood says.
"Rather than developing and selling a product under duress because that was official policy, you now have to do it because that's what the market demands," he says.
Last month a 51 per cent stake in Habib Bank was sold to the Geneva-based Aga Khan Fund for Economic Development (Akfed) for $400m (?312m, ?210m), completing the privatisation of Pakistan's public sector banks.
Foreign company executives are expected to exploit this opportunity to raise capital from local banks, marking an end to government- influenced borrowing policies. "The mechanics of the financial sector are rising to the expectations of foreign businesses," says a senior executive at a foreign company in Karachi. "Unlike the past, when the condition of Pakistan's banks was seen as an impediment, it has now become a facilitating factor."
According to Ishrat Hussain, the governor of the State Bank of Pakistan, the central bank, up to 80 per cent of capital in Pakistan is now in privately owned banks - in contrast to 1990, when all local banks were government-owned.
Habib Bank's privatisation follows the sale of United Bank, another former state bank, to an expatriate Pakistani businessman and investors from the Gulf. That leaves only National Bank of Pakistan (NBP) under majority government ownership. The government plans to keep the NBP for government-related functions such as paying the salaries of government officials.
The three banks were nationalised in the early 1970s under the semi-socialist policies of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, the late prime minister, whose government opposed private ownership of large businesses and industry on the grounds that it exploited workers' rights. By the mid-1990s banks had become unprofitable and were saddled with bad debts.
Influential members of governments, as well as union leaders, forced banks to adopt a range of policies, from new hiring to lending. Political influence was won by granting loans to borrowers despite weak collateral.
Some bankers note that growing demand from consumers is likely to spur lending in the coming months. According to the latest government statistics, private borrowers borrowed Rps157bn ($2.8bn, ?2.2bn, ?1.5bn) from banks during the second half of last year, almost three times that in the same period a year before. Banking analysts note that the greatest demand from individual borrowers is for new car loans.
Pakistan's car manufacturers this financial year (July-June) are expected to sell more than 110,000 cars, or more than twice those sold in 2002.
"You can feel the difference," says Ali Raza, the president of the National Bank of Pakistan.
"Five or 10 years ago maybe no more than 5 per cent of new cars were sold to owners who had a loan from a bank. Now, more than two-thirds of new cars come through loans."
However, banks still need to tap a new class of consumers, Mr Raza adds. In a country of 145m, only about 22m have bank accounts - approximately one in every seven people.
"With such a large consumer base, you have about 700,000 credit card owners." Mr Raza says privatisation will promote competition among banks.
Unlike the long years in which public banks recorded losses year after year, private banks will have to be more savvy about pursuing their customer base. And hanging clients up by their toes will probably not work.
http://news.ft.com/servlet/ContentServer?pagename=FT.com/StoryFT/FullStory&c=StoryFT&cid=1075982648276
---------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 12:22 PM EST
Permalink
Wednesday, 18 February 2004

Third World Quarterly, Vol 18, No 2, pp 249? 265, 1997
Syria: the politics of economic
liberalisation
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
Economic liberalisation is on the agenda of every Middle Eastern state. However,
actual liberalisation typically lags behind global trends and nowhere more
so than in Syria. The dominant explanations of liberalisation or resistance to it
approach the issue from opposing sides. One sees economic crisis forcing
liberalisation on the state: although the exceptional availability of rent in the
Middle East may dilute the dictates of economic rationality they must, in the
long run, prevail. A rival political?cultural approach sees the Middle East' s
` neo-patrimonial' rentier states as intractable obstacles to liberalisation; they
sacri? ce economic rationality to the politics of patronage and foster dependent,
rent-seeking bourgeoisies unable to push liberalisation.1
Both approaches capture part of the picture but can, if exaggerated, fall into
economic or cultural determinism which either insists the Middle East must
inevitably join a uniformly liberalised global market or is disquali? ed, by reason
of culture, from membership in it. A combined approach which sees liberalisation
policy as an attempt to reconcile economic and political rationality has
greater explanatory power; thus, Steven Heydemann' s study of Syrian liberalisation
argues the compatibility of political rationality and limited economic
liberalisation.2
This paper will similarly argue that Syrian economic policy is determined by
the regime' s long-term need to balance political and economic rationality.
However, analysis of such ` systemic requisites' is only a starting point and the
particular balance arrived at by a regime can only be understood by an analysis
of two ` intervening variables' , class interests and the political process. To greatly
oversimplify, liberalisation policy is shaped by a con? ict of social forces? bourgeoisie,
bureaucracy? channelled through a political process in which a relatively
autonomous state elite has the last word. This paper provides an outline
of the con? icting social forces and a snapshot of the political process in the early
1990s.
Forces for and obstacles to economic liberalisation
State interests and autonomy: obstacles to liberalisation
Resistance to economic liberalisation seems naturally embedded in the logic of
Syria' s authoritarian?populist `minority' regime. The state' s emergence out of a
Raymond A Hinnebusch is at the Department of International Relations, University of St Andrews, St Andrews,
Fife KY16 9AL, UK.
0143-6597/97/020249-17 $7.00 ? 1997 Third World Quarterly 249
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
revolution led by plebeian minorities, in which the formerly dominant classes
were levelled, new rising elements mobilised, and submissive elements of the
bourgeoisie later incorporated into the regime coalition, enabled the regime
to balance con? icting social forces in Bonapartist fashion, giving it relative
autonomy from society.
This Bonapartist state possesses a formidable machinery of power. Policymaking
power is concentrated in a presidential monarchy, resting on huge civil
and military bureaucracies, whose chains of command are reinforced by
patronage and kinship. A Leninist-like party incorporates a constituency, notably
in the village, while the regime' s control of a large public sector and its access
to rent (such as petroleum revenues and Arab aid) buttress its autonomy,
especially of the bourgeoisie. Rent has eased pressures on the regime to foster
private sector capital accumulation and gives it patronage resources to keep a
segment of the bourgeoisie state-dependent. The regime' s autonomy has enabled
it to shape its policies according to raison d' e?tat, putting its own interests over
those of a dominant class.
One of these interests is to defend its revenue base and the public sector
remains a crucial revenue source which cannot be replaced as long as the private
sector can evade taxes. The regime must also satisfy the interests of core
political elites. The fact that the elite is dominated by formerly propertyless
minorities, especially Alawites, who use the state as a ladder of advancement,
while the private economy is dominated by the majority Sunni community, gives
the regime an exceptional stake in a large state role in the economy. Elites who
have been enriched on smuggling or pay-offs from business to evade regulations
pro? t from state regulation of trade. Elite corruption, which fosters arbitrariness
and opportunities for riches from illicit activities, deters productive private
investment; but eradicating these parasitic activities would mean attacking the
regime' s own core. Finally, the regime cannot ignore its ` sub-elite' : the party
apparatchiki and bureaucrats who staff the very structures of the state have
ideological and material stakes in the state' s economic role.
The regime' s popular or mass base also constrains it. The product of a
populist movement against the bourgeoisie, it must protect its popular constituencies,
but these? unionised workers, public employees, and small peasants?
are the forces most likely to be threatened by economic liberalisation
while the regime' s historic rival, the bourgeoisie, is most likely to bene? t.
Thorough economic liberalisation, therefore, requires a new alliance between
state and bourgeoisie, an outcome delayed in Syria because of a certain mutual
reinforcement of state/private and Alawi/Sunni cleavages. Since coming to
power, Asad has used limited economic liberalisation to advance a modus
vivendi with the bourgeoisie. But this aimed to protect his autonomy by
balancing the bourgeoisie with his populist constituency rather than sharing
power with Syria' s business class.
Finally, the struggle with Israel funnels state revenues which might otherwise
stimulate development into the military, diverts private investment into shortterm
speculative ventures, and deters foreign private investment. Thus, the
potential ` triple alliance' of state, domestic and international capital, the engine
of capitalist development elsewhere, is stunted in Syria.3
250
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
Economic crisis and pressures for liberalisation
While Asad sponsored some limited liberalisation in the early 1970s, renewed
and stronger pressures for economic liberalisation grew out of the economic
crisis of the mid-1980s. This crisis was rooted in the very nature of the regime' s
statist?populist strategy of state formation. This strategy peripheralised the
private sector, (pushing it largely into tertiary activities or into capital export),
while failing to make the public sector a dynamic engine of capital accumulation.
Public sector failure stemmed from bureaucratisation (which produced
inef? ciencies in planning and management) and from politicisation (which
subordinated the logic of capital accumulation to political objectives such as
patronage, job maximisation, and production of low priced consumer commodities).
This re? ected the regime' s original inclusionary strategy of bringing the
lower strata into politics on its side, a strategy which tends to foster mass
consumption over capital accumulation. Building a national power-base also
dictated import substitution industrialisation which, in Syria as elsewhere,
produced dependency on imported parts, machinery and raw materials before
development of the export capacity needed to earn foreign exchange, thereby
precipitating balance of payments dif? culties. However, access to plentiful oil
rent fuelled an economic expansion which sustained the regime' s political
strategy in the 1970s.4
When rent declined along with the fall of global oil prices in the 1980s, the
weakness of this strategy was revealed. Thus Syria' s trade imbalance deteriorated
from 2 5.5 billion Syrian pounds (LS) in 1977 to LS 2 12.2 billion in
1987, while Arab transfers fell from $1.8 billion in 1981 to $500 million
between 1986 and 1988. The resulting ? scal and foreign exchange crises forced
austerity? cutbacks in public spending? and a consequent declining ability of
the state to ? nance investment, jobs and contracts. In 1986 foreign exchange
dried up, factories dependent on imports closed, and shortages fuelled 100%
in? ation. Debt mounted while per capita income fell 4.5% from 1980 to 1988.5
The state could no longer sustain its excessive size and economic functions and
began to turn to the private sector to reverse the economic decline. In return,
business had to be given concessions: thus the door of economic liberalisation
began to open.
Reconstruction of a bourgeoisie: requisite of liberalisation
Liberalisation cannot go far without the reconstruction of an entrepreneurial
bourgeoisie which, being willing to invest, can provide a viable alternative to the
public sector and acquire the power to push for liberalisation against statist
vested interests. In the Syrian case, a bourgeoisie appears to be in the process
of reconstruction but this is incomplete.
The state helped give birth to a new bourgeoisie. The power elite was, itself,
embourgeoised through corrupt activities or business on the side. The development
expenditures of the expansive 1970s also fostered a state-dependent private
bourgeoisie of agents, importers and contractors. The Damascene wing of the old
merchant class accommodated itself to the regime and took advantage of similar
251
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
opportunities, while the in? uence of the anti-Ba` th landed ` aristocracy' declined.
6
The emergence of a so-called `military?mercantile complex' of Alawi of? cers
and Damascene Sunni businessmen constituted the core of an alliance between
the ` new' state and ` old' private bourgeoisies. Seale suggests Asad deliberately
sought in this way to give his regime a class underpinning needed for stability,
but these groups have yet to amalgamate into a new dominant class.7 Certainly,
the former sharp antagonism between the state and the upper classes was bridged
as the political elite acquired a stake in new inequalities. There is a marriage of
convenience between the two. The Sunni bourgeoisie needs political connections
to evade regulations or get privileges and contracts. Alawis need the Sunnis for
their access to the Western market and Gulf investment money. The Alawis are
enriching themselves in business, not just politics, and they monopolise the oil
servicing sector and shipping. There are capital partnerships between Alawi
money and regime-allied Sunni tycoons. Sunni capitalists are con? dent that the
regime is inexorably committed to liberalisation and no longer fear nationalisations,
if only because so many sons of Alawi security barons have gone into
business. But there is also a perception that business success requires political
connections or pay-offs; the relation of less favoured and smaller business
elements to the Alawi barons still resembles the payment of ma? a-style protection
money. The cultural gap with the Sunnis is kept alive by continual migration
from the countryside of poor Alawis with harsh accents and rural ways who
attach themselves to Alawi patrons in power. The still limited incidence of
intermarriage between the Alawi political elite and the Sunni business elite
suggests a persistent lack of social trust. The regime is trying to legitimate itself
by co-opting members of old Sunni families into government but, while the
Alawis want to keep the upper hand, the Sunnis are looking for full partnership.
As such, it is better to speak of an uneasy alliance of rival bourgeois class
fragments than a new uni? ed bourgeoisie.
Moreover the private bourgeoisie is still politically weak and has by no means
` captured' the state. It is divided between the pro-regime new bourgeoisie and
elements of the older bourgeoisie still unreconciled with the regime. The private
bourgeoisie has not forged alliances with other classes beyond the urban petite
bourgeoisie, for much of the workers and peasants remain incorporated by the
regime and unavailable. Thus, the private bourgeoisie currently lacks the power
to push for more economic liberalisation than the regime wants.
Nor is the bourgeoisie necessarily united on economic policy or an unabashed
promoter of economic liberalisation. It largely accepts the regime' s strategy of
incremental liberalisation, being happy with the new opportunities to get rich and
with the current political and currency stability. Politically connected elements
want a continued role for the state as a source of contracts and monopolies.
While the Chamber of Commerce tends to favour free trade, the Chamber of
Industry values the opportunities for high pro? ts from local manufacture of the
large range of goods whose import is prohibited or which carry heavy tariffs.
Economic rationalisation is retarded by alliances between state and private sector
elements to exploit the public sector, such as by diverting publicly produced
yarn, hoarding it and selling it privately. The bourgeoisie is thus partly rent
252
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
seeking, although historically many bourgeoisies start this way and this does not
preclude a later participation in liberalised markets. The Syrian bourgeoisie does
welcome greater access to foreign partnerships and the opening of ? elds
formerly reserved for the state to private investment. More market-orientated
new industrialists from the ranks of the petite bourgeoisie have created medium
sized factories in ? elds such as clothing and plastics. Expatriate capital, accustomed
to operating on the market, is also showing serious interest in Syria.
Elites, the political process, and economic liberalisation
A relative stalemate in Syria between the social forces? bourgeoisie and
bureaucracy? which lean towards or against liberalisation (as well as their own
ambivalence), has allowed the political elite, balancing between them, the
autonomy to shape the extent of liberalisation according to its own ideology and
interests.
Elite strategies and selective economic liberalisation
Incremental liberalisation is designed to reduce the state' s economic burdens
without damaging its interests, but is, nevertheless, real. A contraction of state
intervention is widening room for the market: state monopolies in foreign trade
and production have been reduced in favour of the private sector, the exchange
rate liberalised and price controls relaxed. Austerity has cut state subsidies and
public investment while a major new investment law, No 10 of 1991, welcomes
private and foreign investment in industry, permits repatriation of pro? ts, waives
import duties and allows investors to import and bring in hard currency outside
state channels. New projects get tax holidays and income tax has been cut from
highly progressive rates to a range of 10%?45%.
An accumulation of incremental changes has produced this liberalisation of
economic strategy. Ideological obstructions to liberalisation, of no small importance
in a regime born of an ideological movement, have collapsed. As the
political elite went into business on the side in the 1970s, and embourgeoisement
altered its objective class situation, its commitments to socialism eroded. The
economic crisis of the 1980s demonstrated the limits of statism.8 As state
patronage dried up, regime constituents with capital had an interest in diversifying
their assets by going into private business. The collapse of communism in
the 1990s discredited remaining ideologically-rooted hostility to liberalisation.
Economic constraints forced certain liberalising initiatives. As long as the
state had abundant foreign exchange, it had little incentive to liberalise, but the
balance of payments crisis of the 1980s provided an opening wedge for the
private sector. For example, when the regime lost the foreign currency to pay for
certain public sector-imported commodities it had to allow the private sector to
import them. The inability of the state to import scrap metal to run the public
iron and aluminium factories forced it to allow private importers to do so, and
to process it for them, thus pressing state factories into the service of private
business. The foreign currency crisis also forced the regime to shift towards an
export-oriented strategy dependent on private sector participation. To ensure
253
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
repatriation of sorely needed remittances by Syrians working abroad, the regime
had to set the value of the Syrian pound at near-market rates. On the other hand
an incremental strategy of liberalisation has been facilitated by the greater
economic health of the early 1990s, resulting from a combination of previous
austerity measures and an increase in oil revenues, Arab aid and foreign
exchange.9 The possible end of high economic growth in the mid-1990s,
assuming these decline, will probably accelerate liberalisation measures. The
regime, in short, cannot avoid some response to economic pressures.
However, if liberalisation was motivated primarily by economics, measures to
increase capital accumulation, such as raising the interest rate and reforming the
banking system, as well as privatising the public sector, would arguably be
pursued more aggressively. Had liberalisation been merely a response to economic
crisis, it could have been reversed when the crisis passed after 1990, but
the most recent liberalisation initiatives, notably the private investment law,
post-date the crisis. It is true, of course, that the collapse of the Eastern bloc
showed Syria had to further integrate into the Western capitalist market; but
Syria has, nevertheless, resisted IMF attempts to impose the dominant neoliberal
version of economic rationality.
In fact, political motives? maximising regime autonomy and stability? have
dominated economic policy making. Speci? cally, Asad' s ? rst domestic priority
has been the internal stability needed to conduct a rational foreign policy, freely
adapting his strategy to external threats and opportunities in the struggle with
Israel. Asad' s ? rst (early 1970s) economic liberalisation measures were largely
designed to accommodate the bourgeoisie to his regime, thus broadening the
regime' s political and economic base for the struggle with Israel. This effort was
interrupted when the bourgeoisie' s association with the Islamic rebellion allowed
statists to argue that it was politically unreliable and it was resumed when the
Islamic threat passed. By the late 1980s economic stagnation, particularly the
inability to provide jobs for the growing educated middle class, had made it
more politically dangerous to maintain the status quo than to alter it.
Economic policy is also closely linked to strategic opportunities and needs:
statism was partly a function of bipolarity which facilitated the Soviet aid needed
to build the regime' s domestic base and buttress its autonomy of Western
economic constraints. Conversely, the disappearance of Soviet power radically
altered the conditions in which Syrian raison d` e?tat must operate; by the 1990s
Asad was convinced his foreign policy could no longer be pursued in opposition
to the USA, the only remaining superpower, and detente with the West required
some measure of internal liberalisation. Maintaining autonomy of domestic
opposition to this realignment required further broadening of his base beyond the
Ba' th party to the bourgeoisie; thus, the vulnerabilities of the statist economy
may have been seen by Asad, not just as a threat, but also as an opportunity to
diversify the regime' s political and economic bases.10
So far, political and economic rationality have been reconciled through a
strategy of selective economic liberalisation. Regime elites agree that long-term
stability requires liberalisation. But they also agree that a Soviet-type collapse of
the statist economy before a domestic market is fully in place must be avoided
by a gradual transition. Nor does the regime make full integration into and
254
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
competitiveness on the international market its ? rst priority; rather its strategy is
a division of labour in which the public sector continues to meet local needs and
serve the regime' s constituency while the private sector specialises in production
for export. This diversi? es the country' s economic bases as well as enhancing
the regime' s ability to balance between bureaucracy and bourgeoisie.
This is not to say that economic calculations are absent from Syrian decision
making. Nabil Sukkar, an independent Syrian economist who was enlisted in
designing the regime' s economic policy, argues that regime strategy is compatible
with economic rationality. A strong state is needed to manage liberalisation.
The proper sequencing of liberalisation is to expand the private sector before
tackling reform of the public sector so as to have a dynamic private economy
able to absorb the resultant unemployment. A second stage in encouraging the
private sector is needed before privatisation, namely tax reform, banking reform
and stabilising the balance of payments; the regime has only started on such
reforms.11
The regime' s cautious approach is partly shaped by its perception of the
economic consequences of other in? tah experiments, such as Egypt' s, which it
believes generated a worsening of trade and foreign exchange imbalances,
mounting debt and dependency, rather than local industrialists and signi? cant
foreign investment. The regime prefers to assess the results of its current
initiatives before moving to the next stage.
The policy process and economic liberalisation
President above the fray. President Asad ultimately approves policy and he has
made the strategic decision for economic liberalisation. Yet his cautious,
pragmatic nature, his disinclination to impose the speci? cs of economic policy
or to be too far in front of the elite consensus in economic (as opposed to
strategic) matters, has deterred a presidential intervention on behalf of a radical
lurch towards the market. Most elite opinion favours some liberalisation, but is
divided over its extent and pace and Asad is allowing this to be determined in
good part by bureaucratic politics: an intra-regime struggle between liberalising
` technos' and statist ` politicos' . Failures of the statist economy enhance the
political clout of the liberalisers, while better economic times increase the ability
of politicos to defend the statist status quo. Asad is most likely to intervene in
economic issues when the elite is stalemated or if an economic failure threatens
the regime' s political base? as in his recent dismissal of the electricity minister
for failing to alleviate the power interruptions which irritate a broad spectrum of
society.
Technocrats as liberalizers. Prime ministers and technocrat-ministers are most
directly responsible for framing economic policy. The replacement of the Rauf
al-Qasm government, which was committed to statist industrialisation, by that of
Mahmoud al-Zoubi in 1985 improved the climate for liberalisation in the
cabinet. But al-Zoubi is a conciliator, content to balance between factions. As
such, the main force for liberalisation has been the Minister of Economy and
255
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
Foreign Trade, Muhammed al-Imadi. Although not a Ba` thist and once viewed
in the party as a rightist, the support of the President has allowed Imadi to push
for reform against the resistance of statists. In fact, Imadi was lured by Asad to
return from his position with the Kuwait Gulf fund on the condition that he
would be given real power over economic policy. But he has not had a free hand
and has had to struggle for change. It is typical of such a personalised regime
that Imadi uses selections from the president' s speeches to justify innovations
and fend off leftist critics.
Imadi has worked patiently, in stages, to promote liberalisation. He ? rst
opened tourism and then agriculture to joint venture (private?state) enterprises in
the 1970s and 1980s. The foreign investment law is his latest initiative. Imadi' s
next project is a ? nancial market law which he has pushed against Marxist
parliamentary deputies who have attacked a stock market as little different from
a lottery. In alliance with the Ministry of Industry, he has also pushed to make
the public sector operate on the market for pro? t against the opposition of trade
unions fearful of bankruptcy.
Imadi has promoted the liberalisation of foreign trade on the assumption that
it can, as once before, be the engine of the economy.12 He has pushed for Syria' s
fuller integration into the world capitalist market by successfully getting debt
repayment exports to the former USSR suspended, steering exports westward
and by pushing for Syrian membership in GATT; the latter has been opposed by
the Central Bank, which fears the loss of tariff revenues, and by protectionist
interests.13
Imadi has also, however, tangled with private commercial interests over trade
and foreign exchange. Merchants and industrialists were content to export to the
USSR in the late 1980s, but he required them to export a portion to the West to
earn foreign currency. They wanted to ? nance imports through external credit
facilities or their holdings abroad (from capital ? ight which was detrimental to
the value of the Syrian pound), but he insisted they must pool foreign exchange
earned from exports to ? nance imports. He sponsored Decree 905 of 1990
which, in permitting free imports of industrial spare parts and raw materials,
abolished lucrative monopolies in this ? eld.14
Imadi is, however, no neoliberal ideologue. Third World countries, he argues,
need economic intervention by a strong state on behalf of more equal distribution
and to undertake investment in infrastructure and strategic industries.
Private economic interests should not be allowed to dominate economic policy.
But private property is a social good and the private sector should be given much
greater scope. His image of Syria' s future is a regulated market economy with
some state intervention and a slimmed down public sector run on the basis of
pro? t.15 Imadi' s middle position between vested interests suggests he can be seen
as an autonomous technocrat looking out for the state' s economically rational
best interest, rather than, as some suggest, a representative of the bourgeoisie,
who, in fact, do not see him as their man.
Statist interests: party and bureaucracy. Etatist policies are defended by
powerful interests such as party apparatchiki and trade unionists. This alliance is
256
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
incarnated in the person of Izz ed-Din Nasir, an Alawi member of the Ba` th
party Regional Command who heads the trade union confederation and is seen
as a major opponent by private business. As economic crisis gave liberals
ammunition to widen the scope for the private sector, he convened a 1989
conference of managers and labour leaders on reform of the public sector. The
private sector was no good alternative, he insisted, to developing the public
sector.16 Unreconstructed party ideologues, though subdued by the collapse of
communism, are still perceived by liberals as waiting to attack anyone associated
with reforms which inevitably have costs and are by no means guaranteed to
succeed.
But the Ba` th Party is not uniformly hostile to liberalisation. The party
apparatchik nominally responsible for supervising economic policy (rais almaktab-
al-iqtisad), Rashid al-Ikhterini, is viewed by liberalisers as pragmatic. A
senior party apparatchik with ties to the Damascene bourgeoisie, Ala ad-Din
Abdin, expresses the new party line. `We have to adapt to changes in the world' ,
he says, but Syria does not want a Gorbachev-type collapse; rather, beginning
with Asad' s 1970 ` corrective revolution' , the regime has been making incremental
changes. The party welcomes private sector growth to provide employment
since the state sector can no longer absorb job seekers. But because business,
driven by short-term pro? ts, neglects the public interest, the state must invest in
and control strategic sectors.17 The function of the public sector is as much
political as economic and pro? t is not the only criterion of performance: it must
provide cheap popular commodities and is a source of taxes which cannot be
expected from a private sector getting tax breaks to invest. This political
conception of the public sector constrains the possibility that public sector
managers will acquire the autonomy to run their ? rms on economically rational
grounds.
Resistance to liberalisation is strong in the bureaucracy, too, especially among
bureaucrats trained in Eastern Europe who are in charge of public agencies such
as Aftomachine, the state machinery import company, which under liberalisation
is threatened by private importers. That bureaucratic interests in protecting state
revenue are often allowed to jeopardise integration into the world market and
foreign investment is suggested by the tough stance of Syrian of? cials in recent
disputes with Western export insurance companies, and their requirement that
Western oil companies use the unrealistic of? cial exchange rate of LS11.2 to the
dollar. The State Planning Commission is a bastion of etatism. It has circulated
a memo denouncing the IMF and World Bank as instruments of foreign capitalism.
It rejects the IMF' s comprehensive shock reform and insists Syria' s own
austerity programme proved itself by stabilising the value of the pound. It
expects public investment will continue in the production of key popular
consumption commodities and in infrastructure, utilities and strategic industries
which either support the private sector or are too large for it to undertake. The
Minister of Planning sees no threat to the public sector from private competition,
believing that entrepreneurs will concentrate on light industries requiring little
capital. Indicative of the decline of socialism, however, is the minister' s view
that liberalisation will eventually produce a market economy in which the
planning commission may be dismantled.18
257
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
The public sector and liberalisation. The Ba' th' s insistence that the public
sector be the ` leading sector' (qita' qa' id), with the private sector a mere
auxiliary, has been quietly dropped from regime discourse. There is, however, no
move to privatise the public sector. The regime will, at a minimum, keep control
over strategic sectors which dominate the heights of the economy and provide
a revenue base. While this is sure to include sectors such as oil, cotton and
perhaps banking, one party of? cial included industries such as spinning and
weaving. Nevertheless, reform of the public sector is on the agenda because
many state enterprises are losing money and the government lacks the foreign
currency to modernise them. As far back as 1974, Legislative decree 18 was
supposed to give managers autonomy, free them from political pressures, and
allow market forces to set production and prices. It was, however, obstructed by
the bureaucracy: for example, the Ministry of Supply insisted that prices be set
through negotiations with ? rms in which it defended consumer interests in
keeping them low.
Many public sector managers have supported reform, complaining that
bureaucratisation sti? ed all initiative and tied them up in red tape: for example,
to get spare parts they had to issue tenders. Fixed prices for their products made
it impossible to self-? nance their ? rms, forcing them to work under capacity
because of lack of spare parts or worn out and dated machinery. The General
Organization of Food Industries (GOFI) recently threatened to export its output
because local prices were set too low. Managers also want the right to hire and
? re, free of pressures to employ job-seekers, and to provide ? nancial incentives
to improve labour performance. GOFI' s general manager has recently welcomed
private sector competition to absorb job seekers he does not want, but fears he
will be stuck with the leavings of a private sector which can pay higher wages.19
Cautious but seemingly serious public sector reform has started. The central
pricing system has been abandoned except for crucial necessities and public
? rms can, within certain pro? t margins, now set their own prices based on
free-market exchange rates. They are expected to export to earn foreign exchange
for the import of production requisites and are reimbursed at the near free
market exchange rate (around LS42 5 $1), rather than the of? cial rate which
long discouraged exports. Managers who can export support this change, but the
head of a public road construction ? rm fears it will bankrupt him, since his wage
costs and obsolete equipment prevent him from competing for reconstruction
contracts in Lebanon and Kuwait. The down side for the public sector is that it
must now use the near market exchange rate for imports, too, thereby quadrupling
its costs. Though costs are partly being passed on in price rises, this has
also spurred a more serious search by managers for local alternatives.20 The
Ministry of Finance is reputedly requiring pro? tability to advance loans to public
? rms. Private investment competing with public sector ? rms has been approved
and a businessman with high political connections says the policy is to reduce
subsidies to public sector ? rms and force them to compete with private ? rms;
those that cannot will be allowed to go out of business.
The public sector continues, however, to lobby for state investment. It
stagnated in the 1980s when there was little ? nancing available from the Soviets
or Arabs and many projects were left un? nished from the expansionary Kasm
258
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
era. Public sector bureaucrats, however, received a share of the Gulf war
windfall: the Deir ez-Zor paper plant is to be rehabilitated, steel plant investments
made at Hama, and new fertiliser plants are planned. Some state
companies are looking at joint ventures as the road to ? nancing; Kuwait is
funding new joint venture cement factories. Much new funding comes from
loans which will have to be repaid; unless the public sector' s reform makes it
pro? table, this expansion will, therefore, only increase Syria' s indebtedness.
Joint private?public ventures are a substitute for open privatisation. In these,
the state' s contribution is likely to be land or factories while the private sector
contributes capital and entreprenuership. The state retains some control and gets
a share of the economic rewards, but the ? rms are run by businessmen for pro? t.
According to a leading private businessman, this approach, avoiding the opposition
of the trade unions, is Syria' s special road to privatisation. Indeed, the
provision by the state of large tracts of state-owned land to agricultural
companies may amount to a de facto ` privatisation' of this land. Joint ventures
are an intermediary stage which encourages the alliances between state and
bourgeoisie on which further liberalisation depends. ` Privatisation by stealth' is
also proceeding in some sectors, notably transport, where private minibuses have
proliferated and the public bus network has been cut back and allowed to run
down.
Political opening to the bourgeoisie. The major change in the political process
since liberalisation is the bourgeoisie' s increasing access to decision makers and
hence in? uence in intra-bureaucratic politics. The Committee for the Guidance
of Imports, Exports and Consumption which meets regularly under Prime
Minister al-Zoubi, and on which the heads of the Chambers of Commerce and
of Industry are in? uential, gives business institutional access. The Chambers are
not mere government transmission belts but semi-of? cial NGOs: while committed
to the regime' s economic strategy, they are not only able to press for implementation
of liberalisation within that framework, but attempt to expand its parameters:
thus, the Chamber of Commerce lobbies for a mixed sector bank to
break the state monopoly and a legalised stock market, a symbolic blow at
socialism. On a day-to-day basis its role is to protect business from arbitrary
state interference.
Access to government is also personal: Badr ad-Din al-Shallah, head of the
Damascus Chamber of Commerce, who won Asad' s trust by keeping Damascus
quiet during the Islamic disturbances of the early 1980s, acquired personal
access to the president and his son, Ratib, has since taken over his role; as an
old merchant family, the Shallahs are, nevertheless, perceived by Sunni society
as ` clean' , allowing them to mediate between state and bourgeoisie. The
Shallahs' argue that, although state consultation with business is still irregular,
the Chamber of Commerce is promoting the legal institutionalisation of liberal
economic policy. They seek this through accommodation with statist interests;
for example, they view privatisation as unrealistic and seek, instead, widened
space for private business.
Greater bourgeois access does not confer real political power over the state;
259
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
indeed, state autonomy may be enhanced since it can balance competing
` popular' and ` bourgeois' interests. However, the regime' s increasing dependence
on private investment for foreign exchange, exports and job creation
requires it to respond to investor demands. This, and better access, allows the
bourgeoisie to exploit intra-regime cleavages by allying with the more liberal
factions in the power elite or making their case directly to the president. A major
recent victory was the bourgeoisie' s ability to reverse the original of? cial
intention of limiting the privileges of investment Law No 10 to external
investors.21
Obstacles to liberalisation: the politics of exchange rate and prices. Statist
obstacles to liberalisation can be seen in policy making on foreign currency and
the exchange rate. As foreign currency became scarce in the 1980s, the
government reserved its own holdings for the public sector and sought to control
a share of that in private hands. Yet it also needed to encourage exporters to earn
foreign currency for serving private sector needs. At ? rst, the state insisted all
foreign currency be sold to state banks; but as it became ever scarcer, the private
sector lost access to it. This stimulated the foreign currency black market and in
the mid-1980s Law 24 criminalised private foreign exchange transactions,
chilling the business climate. As this proved counterproductive, the regime
stepped back and, in the late 1980s, allowed businessmen to keep 75% of the
foreign currency they earned, provided they sold the rest to the state at near
free-market rates. Thereafter, the value of the pound for most private sector
transactions was pegged at the ` neighbouring country' near free-market rate.
However, the only legal way for private business to get foreign exchange
remains exporting or tourism and, as such, many businesses can only get it on
the black market.
Despite the government' s encouragement of private business, Law 24 remains
on the books, although it is not enforced. It is widely seen as a major deterrent
to investment and businessmen want a total freeing of currency transactions. But
the government fears this could drive down the value of the pound, lead to big
price increases and a loss of control over the economy. Some believe the law is
an opportunity for security barons to extort pay-offs from business. The regime' s
desire to maintain control of foreign exchange has also deterred it from allowing
private or even joint venture banks from opening; but since state banks cannot
adequately service investors, the banking transactions of local businessmen may
be diverted to Lebanon.22
Another major constraint on liberalisation is the populist ` social contract' , by
which government legitimacy depends on providing a minimum level of welfare,
notably affordable food.23 In 1991, as part of currency liberalisation, the Ministry
of Economy required customs on imported goods to be levied at the new LS42
to the dollar rate rather than the old LS11.2 to the dollar of? cial rate. The
government supposedly needed the increased customs revenue in order to raise
salaries of public employees. Importers insisted custom duties had to be reduced
or the price of imports would soar and in fact they withheld goods or raised
prices, `wiping out' the effect of public employee pay increases. Discontent
swept the salaried classes, who viewed the regime and merchants in a cynical
260
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
collaboration at their expense. Despite its effort to raise business con? dence, the
regime reverted to populist rhetoric, blaming ` exploiting merchants' and dispatching
Ministry of Supply price control squads against shops in poor income
neighbourhoods. Asad himself ordered the customs re-evaluation rescinded. The
Ministers of Economy, Finance and Supply held a press conference apologising
for their `mistake' and appealing to shopkeepers not to raise prices. The
ministers thought they were empowered to rationalise the economy but they
were made scapegoats for the political backlash of such policies. In 1993 the rate
of exchange for customs was increased to LS23 to the dollar, a compromise
which is a step back from a rational uni? cation of multiple exchange rates.
Despite this episode, the Ministry of Supply, which a few years ago strictly
enforced price controls, is being curbed. The Ministry used to put the fear of
social repercussions from price rises over economically rational decisions which
led to evasion by merchants, discouraged production, or, in the case of the public
sector, resulted in losses; it also continued to ? x prices for imported commodities
at the of? cial exchange rate long after it became unrealistically low. Now,
however, it must set prices according to the market rate. For example, prices of
medicines, which used to be ? xed on the basis of the of? cial exchange rate for
imported requisites, are now calculated on the basis of free-market rates, raising
them perhaps four-fold.
The populist policy of cheap bread for the urban poor and subsidised fertiliser
and support prices for the regime' s peasant constituency nevertheless remains
highly resistant to liberalisation. The state is committed to purchasing grain
at favourable support prices but to selling bread below these prices; to the
extent this has been ? nanced by domestic borrowing, it is in? ationary and
self-defeating as an income support measure. However, the head of the state
wheat trading and processing company, Huboob, rules out privatisation of the
grain trade or elimination of subsidies: ` control of grain procurement and the
production of cheap bread is the foundation of the state and no politician would
jettison this social responsibility' .24 Although bread prices have been raised,
subsidised bread is still widely available. Membership in GATT could, however,
require cutting farm support prices for the regime' s rural constituency. Political
populism and capitalist development are, in the long run, pulling policy in
opposite directions.
Outcome: revitalisation of a capitalist road to development?
Private investment has responded favourably to economic liberalisation, at least
as measured by the proliferation of private sector imports and exports, of new
small and medium businesses and of investment licences, and by the in? ow of
capital and increase in bank deposits. By 1994, $1.78 billion had been invested
in 474 ? rms under Investment Law No 10. For the ? rst time since the 1960s
nationalisations, private investment has exceeded the state investment budget.
The private sector, which had only accounted for about 35% of gross ? xed
capital formation from 1970?85, climbed to 52% of the total in 1989 and 66%
in 1992. In part because of this, the stagnation of the 1980s gave way to yearly
261
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
GNP growth rates exceeding 8% from 1990?93 and continuing at a somewhat
lower rate into the mid-decade.25
There is, however, reason to be sceptical of the ability of private investment
to move much beyond tertiary or small consumer industrial enterprises. The
agricultural investment companies which were supposed to be the cutting edge
of a new state?business partnership have either failed to raise much capital or are
simply covers for speculative ventures. Similarly, Law No 10 gave birth to a
multitude of bogus car rental agencies as covers for importing private cars. Most
private sector industrial growth has taken the form of a proliferation of small
enterprises to avoid? among other things? unionisation under a labour law that
gives workers in bigger ? rms extensive rights. Money is still exported instead of
accumulated internally because interest rates are too low and a stock market
lacking. All this deters the natural expansion of small industries into larger scale
? rms and channels capital into commerce where risks are lower and pro? ts
quicker. Nor is it clear whether private industry is internationally competitive:
private manufacturing exports have plummeted since the 1992 suspension of
export agreements with the former Soviet Union. Austerity has given way to an
import boom which is again driving up the balance of payments de? cit.26
It may be economic as well as political wisdom for the regime to proceed
cautiously with liberalisation for it is questionable? given the greater opportunities
and lesser risks outside Syria? how far private capital is prepared to make
big investments in long-term productive commodity-producing sectors. Nevertheless,
as safety values such as external aid and oil revenues reach their limits,
economic health will require that private investment pick up the slack. Arguably,
the investor con? dence this requires will remain limited as long as the state is
seen as arbitrary and unprepared to foster internationally accepted conditions of
capital accumulation. As such, more political liberalisation, putting greater
power over policy in the hands of the bourgeoisie, may be essential to the
success of economic liberalisation.
Conclusions
Syria' s economic liberalisation is rooted in an economic crisis, speci? cally a
` crisis of accumulation' aggravated by the ` overdevelopment' of the state. State
autonomy of the dominant classes was purchased in part through legitimacy
deriving from redistributive and nationalist policies which diverted resources
into consumption and the military, while patrimonial strategies subverted public
sector accumulation. The economic logic of accumulation was subordinated to
the political logic of state formation. This strategy eventually exhausted itself
and forced the regime to tolerate reconstruction of a capitalist class to replace the
state as the main engine of accumulation and to initiate economic liberalisation.
The easing of economic pressures in periods when rent has been plentiful, such
as the early 1990s, has facilitated a strategy of selective liberalisation, but in the
long run the demands of economic rationality are likely to intensify.
Nevertheless neither economics nor class interests have dictated a mechanical
transformation of economic policy any more than patrimonialism has wholly
obstructed such change. In a relatively autonomous regime like Asad' s, elites
262
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
have some scope to decide the balance of liberalisation and statism. They have
incrementally liberalised as they perceived economic opportunities (to mobilise
hidden local or expatriate capital) or as economic pressures (eg foreign exchange
crises) narrowed their choices. They have not, however, decided exclusively
according to an economic logic. Nor does class interest dictate thorough
economic rationalisation for, while the elites' embourgeoisement was paralleled
by increased receptivity to liberalisation, their ability to extract rent through state
controls dilutes their interest in it.
The dominant consideration, in fact, has been regime political interests. These
require a middle way: while long-term durability requires fuller integration into
the world market, short-term stability requires that this be carefully managed,
and defending regime autonomy means preventing any one social force? bourgeoisie
or bureaucracy? from achieving dominance. Behind this defense of
autonomy and reinforcing the incrementalism of liberalisation is, arguably, the
long time-period it takes to overcome communal barriers to the amalgamation of
the old and new bourgeoisies needed to give the regime a stable dominant-class
social base.
Where political/security needs and economic rationality con? ict, the former
are put ? rst, but when there is debate over their compatibility, the extent, pace
and design of liberalisation is shaped by ` bureaucratic politics' . Liberalising
` technos' such as Imadi have championed economic rationality against statist
` politicos' wishing to subordinate it to the patronage interests of regime constituencies
and to restrain inegalitarian consequences of the market likely to fuel
mass discontent. Liberalisers were strengthened in intra-elite politics by the
economic crisis, and by the partial reconstruction and political incorporation of
a bourgeoisie able to offer an alternative to statism; politicos are strengthened in
periods of economic growth and expanded state revenues.
In conclusion, the Syrian case suggests that the state retains more autonomy,
even in a situation of economic crisis, than economic analyses often suggest.
Moreover, there is greater compatibility between state autonomy and economic
rationality than the neo-patrimonial view admits. The assumption that either
capital accumulation or power maximisation must dominate policy is not borne
out, because social forces with an interest in each logic have political access,
while balancing these competing logics is, for the regime, a higher rationality
than the pursuit of one to the total neglect of the other. The balance of political
forces will shape each country' s speci? c? by no means wholly liberal? adaptation
to the global market.
Notes
1 A sophisticated analysis which links economic crisis and policy changes is Huda Hawwa, ` Linkages and
constraints of the Syrian economy' , in Youssef Choueiri, State and Society in Syria and Lebanon, Exeter:
University of Exeter Press, 1993, pp 84?102. An excellent variant of the political approach is Jean Leca,
`Social structure and political stability: comparative evidence from the Algerian, Syrian, and Iraqi cases' , in
Adeed Dawisha & I William Zartman, (eds), Beyond Coercion: The Durability of the Arab State. London:
Croom Helm, 1988, pp 164?202.
263
RAYMOND A HINNEBUSCH
2 See Stephen Heydemann, `The political logic of economic rationality: selective stabilization in Syria' , in
H J Barkey (ed), The Politics of Economic Reform in the Middle East, New York: St Martin' s Press, 1992,
pp 11?37.
3 See the analysis of the state in Raymond A Hinnebusch, Authoritarian Power and State Formation in
Ba` thist Syria: Army, Party and Peasant, Boulder CO: Westview Press, 1990, pp 120?155. For a
complementary analysis of the regime, see Yahya Sadowski, Cadres, Guns and Money: The Eighth Regional
Congress of the Syrian Ba' th, MERIP Reports 134, July?August 1995.
4 Thus, GDP grew at an annual rate of 8.2% in 1970?75 and 6.8% in 1977?80. However, savings covered only
about one half of the investment fuelling this growth; the balance was ? nanced by external aid or borrowing
or de? cit ? nancing. This imbalance was re? ected in public ? nance. For example, in 1976 domestic resources
? nanced only about 62% of public expenditures on government and development, while de? cit ? nancing
(22.5%), external borrowing (8.9%) and Arab transfers (6.6%) covered the balance. Clawson estimates Syria
received $20 billion in civilian aid between 1977 and 1988. These data have been collated from World Bank,
Syrian Arab Republic Development Prospects and Policies, Washington DC, 1980, Vol 2, p 18, Vol 4,
p 48; and Patrick Clawson, Unaffordable Ambitions: Syria' s Military Buildup and Economic Crisis,
Washington, DC: The Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 1989, pp, 14?17, appendixes 4 and 5.
5 At the end of 1986 the mere $144 million in the treasury was enough for only two weeks of imports. GDP
yearly growth dropped to 1.5% from 1980 to 1986 and from 1983 to 1987 was at a negative 2.9% yearly.
Debt as a percentage of GNP rose from 10.8% in 1980 to 25% in 1988. Data on the economic crisis were
compiled from the following sources: World Bank, Syrian Arab Republic, Vol 1; ix; World Bank, World
Development Report 1990, pp 224?25; Clawson, Unaffordable Ambitions, ch 7?8, Table l; Syrian Arab
Republic Central Bureau of Statistics, Statistical Abstract, 1989, pp 490?491, 1991, pp 424, 485; The Middle
East, December 1988, p 27, January 1990, p 24. For data on Syria' s austerity programme, see Heydemann,
`The political logic of economic rationality' , pp 17, 25?31. For a comprehensive analysis of the economic
crisis, see Volker Perthes, ` The Syrian economy in the 1980s' , Middle East Journal, Vol 46, No 1, 1992,
pp 37?58.
6 Volker Perthes, ` The Syrian private industrial and commercial sectors and the state' , International Journal
of Middle East Studies, Vol 24, No 2, 1992, pp 207?230.
7 Patrick Seale, Asad: The Struggle for the Middle East, Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988, p 457.
For other analyses of the relation between state and class see Eberhard Kienle, Entre jama' a et classe: Le
pouvoir politique en Syrie, Ethnizita? t und Gesellschaft, Occasional Papers, Nr 31, Berlin: Verlag Das
Arabische Buch, 1992, and Syed Aziz al-Ahsan, ` Economic policy and class structure in Syria, 1958?80' ,
International Journal of Middle East Studies, 16, 1984. For an interpretation of the class base of the regime
which emphasises the increasing weight of the bourgeoisie in the regime coalition in the 1980s, see Fred
Lawson, `From neo-Ba' th to Ba' th nouveau: Ha? z al-Asad' s second decade' , Journal of South Asian and
Middle East Studies, Vol xiv, No 2, 1990, pp 1?21.
8 Nabil Sukkar, `The crisis of 1986 and Syria' s plan for reform' , in Eberhard Kienle (ed), Contemporary
Syria: Liberalization Between Cold War and Cold Peace, London: Academic Press, 1994, pp 26?43.
9 Austerity measures in the late 1980s produced a current account surplus of $1.222 million in 1988. Growth
rates of 7?8% GNP per year in 1990?93 were fuelled in part by an increase in oil revenues from $500 million
in 1988 to $2.15 billion in 1992 and by a resumption of aid? some $2 billion was promised? by Saudi
Arabia and the Gulf states as a reward for joining the Gulf coalition against Iraq. Economic Intelligence
Unit, Syria: Country Report, 2nd quarter, 1994.
10 The use of economic liberalisation to serve political autonomy is emphasised in Neil Quilliam, ` Syria:
adjusting to the new world order' ,Working Paper, University of Durham Centre for Middle East and Islamic
Studies, 1994; and Isabelle Daneels, ` Syrian foreign policy: between rational actor and regime legitimacy' ,
MA dissertation, University of Durham Centre for Middle East and Islamic Studies, 1994.
11 Discussions, Nabil Sukkar, Damascus, 1994.
12 Dr Mohammed al-Imady, Syria' s Experience in Trade Liberalization and Policies of Economic Reform,
Damascus: The Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade, 1994, p 3.
13 Economist Intelligence Unit, Syria: Country Report, 1st quarter, 1994, pp 27?28.
14 Imadi, Syria' s Experience in Trade Liberalization, p 14.
15 Interviews, Dr Imadi, Damascus, January 1992, July 1994; also, Dr Muhammed al-Imadi, dawr al-qita`
al-kass wa al-mushtarak ? amaliya al-tanmiya (The roles of the private and joint sectors in the process of
development), Damascus: Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade, 1986.
16 Tishrin, 4?5 December, 1989.
17 Interview, Ala ad-Din Abdin, Damascus party secretary, January 1992.
18 Interview, Sabah Baqjahji, Minister of State for Planning, January 1992.
19 Unpublished con? dential interviews with public sector managers, 1990.
20. Imadi, Syria' s Experience in Trade Liberalization, p 18.
21 Sylvia Polling, ` Investment Law #10: which future for the private sector?' , in Kienle, Contemporary Syria,
p 20.
264
Contemporary South Asia
EDITORS
Gowher Rizvi, New York, USA
Robert Cassen, Queen Elizabeth House, Oxford, UK
There is a growing realizat ion that South Asia has to be both treated and studied as a
region. Contemporary South Asia does just that. The purpose of the journal is to
cultivat e an awareness that South Asia is more than a sum of its parts: a fact of great
importanc e not only to the states and peoples of the region, but to the world as a
whole. It also address es the major issues facing South Asia from a regiona l and
inte rdiscipl inary perspe ctive.
Contemporary South Asia focuse s on issues concerning the region that are not
circumscribed by the nationa l borders of the states. While nationa l perspe ctives are
not ignored , the journal' s overrid ing purpose is to encour age schola rs within South
Asia and in the global community to search for means (both theoretic al and practica l)
by which our unders tandin g of the presen t problems of cooper ation and
confro ntation in the region can be enhanc ed.
Volume 6, 1997, 3 issues . ISSN 095 8-493 5.
Carfax Publishing Company
PO Box 25 ? Abingdon ? Oxfordshire OX14 3UE ? UK
Tel: +44 (0)1235 521154 ? Fax: +44 (0)1235 401550
E-mail: sales@carfax.co.uk ? WWW: http://www.carfax.co.uk
ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION IN SYRIA
22 Ibid., p 22.
23 The Middle East, September 1991, pp 20?22.
24 Unpublished con? dential interviews with public sector managers, 1990.
25 Economic Intelligence Unit, Syria: Country Report, 2nd quarter, 1994, p 3; Syrian Arab Republic Central
Bureau of Statistics, Statistical Abstract, 1993, p 503; Polling, ` Investment Law #10' , p 14; Eberhard Kienle,
`The return of politics? Scenarios for Syria' s second In? tah' , in Kienle, Contemporary Syria, pp 120?128;
unpublished economic analyses, US Embassy, Damascus, 1994; Belgian Embassy, Damascus, 1994; and
United Nations, World Economic and Social Survey 1996, New York, 1996.
26 The current account surplus of $1762 million in 1990 had become a de? cit of about $360 million in 1993
and was projected to double in 1994. Economic Intelligence Unit, Syria: Country Report, 2nd quarter, 1994,
pp 3, 6.
265

Posted by maximpost at 11:03 PM EST
Permalink


>> OUR FRIENDS FT.COM ON EU WATCH...

'Mess, what mess?' asks chummy troika
By Hugh Williamson in Berlin
Published: February 18 2004 19:37 | Last Updated: February 18 2004 19:37


To an innocent observer, the mood in Gerhard Schr?der's chancellery on Wednesday afternoon appeared more a cosy-fireside-chat than a European-summit.
Seated at a UN Security Council-style round table, Mr Schr?der opened the main session by greeting his guests simply as Tony and Jacques.
Tony also appeared in a relaxed mood, on first name terms with Gerhard and Jacques, while Jacques Chirac, perhaps significantly, switched between Gerd and Tony Blair (was this Jacques' sign of how far the new trilateral spirit really goes?).
So, the three leaders appeared determined to play up the informality of their gathering, and play down the threat it posed to anyone else.
"Fuss, what fuss?" was the motto (or, to paraphrase Silvio, their Italian friend, "mess, what mess?"). Gerd explained the aim was to exchange information in order to help Europe along on mundane things such as job schemes and pensions. "It's not more than that, just to make that clear," he stressed.
Tony argued that finding solutions to common problems between the three "would be a great solution for all other EU countries".
Jacques said it was "completely normal that countries that produce over 50 per cent of the EU's GDP should come together to find common ground".
But the leaders were their usual divergent selves when it came to highlighting the priorities. While Tony made his usual effort to square the circle between the need for both social justice and market liberalisation, Jacques was brimming over with grand EU-wide economic projects and greater European solidarity to beat off international competitors (who could he mean?).
One group of politicians appeared a little lost - the four cabinet ministers (or their deputies) that Tony, Gerd and Jacques had each brought along. This was the first time in five such three-way summits that they had been invited.
A spokeswoman for the German health ministry tried gallantly to explain that the big topics, such as the EU constitution and Iraq, were of course linked to the concerns of her minister, so of course it made sense for her minister to take part. "In Europe, everything is connected to everything else," she said. Tell that to Silvio.

--------------------------------------------
Europe's big three set out plans for reforms
By Bertrand Benoit, Ben Hall and Jo Johnson in Berlin
Published: February 18 2004 20:50 | Last Updated: February 18 2004 20:50
Germany, France and Britain have set out a joint programme calling for renewed economic reforms in Europe.
The proposals were drawn up on Wednesday at a summit in Berlin that sought to establish unprecedented co-operation among the European Union's biggest economies. In a letter to their European Union partners, Jacques Chirac, president of France, Gerhard Schr?der, German chancellor and Tony Blair, British prime minister outlined proposals on globalisation and demographic and technological change.
As well as stressing the need for more investment in research, higher education and training, the leaders called for the appointment of a vice-president of the European Commission to act as economics minister for Europe.
The three brushed aside criticism from Italy and other EU states that have claimed the three countries were seeking to establish a directoire that would attempt to impose its own agenda on EU affairs. "This is not about trying to dominate anyone, let alone Europe," Mr Schr?der said. "I will brief the Irish presidency of the EU to make it clear that our discussions have taken place in an open and transparent way."
But national interests were never far from the surface, despite claims that the summit could re-invigorate the Lisbon reform agenda agreed on in 2000 with the aim of making Europe the world's competitive economic area by 2010.
Mr Chirac trumpeted the fact that he had extracted a commitment from Mr Schr?der to support lowering the value added tax on sit-down restaurant meals in 2006, a French proposal that Germany had been blocking.
The impression of a fait accompli appeared to undermine the "big three's" insistence that they were acting solely in the common interest. With elections due in France next month, Mr Chirac can now claim to be honouring a key electoral pledge.
One British official said the VAT reduction had not been discussed in the plenary session that preceded the leaders' informal dinner, suggesting a bilateral agreement between the French and German leaders.
But despite the hugs, "lieber Tonys" and "cher Gerhards", deeper differences among the three countries' objectives emerged during the afternoon. Mr Chirac called on EU competition authorities to show more flexibility to allow Europe to create industrial champions, a term that disappeared from British political discourse in the 1970s.
One British participant described Mr Chirac's words as "a little reassurance for the domestic French audience" worried about market liberalisation.
Mr Blair said the three had "come together after a very difficult period in international relations" following differences over Iraq. They had worked for the benefit of the whole world to persuade Iran to open its nuclear research to scrutiny.
But Mr Chirac rejected as inappropriate suggestions that trilateral meetings could replace the special relationship between France and Germany. "It's an intense relationship", that was "deep and almost daily" and "not something you can export in the short term," he said.
-----------------------------------------------------
>> AHEM IN URDU...

Pakistan denies nuclear scientist had heart attack
ISLAMABAD - Government officials yesterday denied reports that Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan, the disgraced architect of Pakistan's nuclear programme, has had a heart attack.
A front-page report in the respected English daily, Dawn, quoted sources at the Khan Research Laboratories hospital as saying that a heart specialist and a cardiac machine were secretly sent to Dr Khan's house on Jan 8.
It claimed Dr Khan had been suffering from pain in his left hand since being questioned by an intelligence agency for his involvement in transferring nuclear technology to Iran, North Korea and Libya.
The report said Dr Khan had suffered a heart attack and his condition was 'stated to be critical' when he was treated.
However, Pakistan's Foreign Ministry denied the report and said Dr Khan was in good health.
'This is fabrication. He is in good health and the report that he suffered a heart attack is baseless,' Foreign Ministry spokesman Masood Khan said.
Dr Khan's personal physician, Dr Shafiqur Rehman, said he last visited the scientist at his residence at the end of January when he found him in 'poor health'.
'He has a history of hypertension and I had been visiting him regularly until I was stopped by the authorities on Feb 4 after the last visit,' the doctor said.
Dr Khan publicly confessed on Feb 4 to transferring nuclear technology abroad and begged for clemency.
President Pervez Musharraf had given him a conditional pardon. Since then, the authorities have imposed strict restrictions on his movement and tightened security around his residence in Islamabad.
Officials have said that investigations into the proliferation scandal were continuing. -- AFP
-----------------------------------------------------

Paper trail links 'arms dealer' to Abdullah's son
KUALA LUMPUR -- A Sri Lankan accused of being the chief financial officer for an international nuclear black market sat on the board of a company owned by the Malaysian Prime Minister's only son, according to documents obtained by The Associated Press.
The connection indicates that alleged senior members of the network established by Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan, the father of Pakistan's nuclear bomb, were able to woo partners in the highest levels of society.
In the Malaysian case, the partners said they had no idea deals were being made to fashion parts that could be used to make nuclear weapons.
The documents, obtained by AP via searches of publicly accessible files, reveal a paper trail through privately held and publicly listed companies that outlines ties between the Prime Minister's son, Mr Kamaluddin Abdullah, and the Sri Lankan, Mr Buhary Syed Abu Tahir, as well as his Malaysian wife.
The documents show that the men were top executives at Kaspadu Sdn Bhd when Mr Tahir negotiated a deal for a company linked to Kaspadu, Scomi Precision Engineering, to build components that Western intelligence agencies allege were for use in Libya's nuclear programme.
US President George W. Bush last week called Mr Tahir the 'chief financial officer and money launderer' of the black market network led by Dr Khan, who has admitted selling nuclear technology and know-how to Iran, North Korea and Libya.
Mr Kamaluddin's company, the Scomi Group, previously acknowledged that its subsidiary Scomi Precision Engineering fulfilled a contract for machine parts that was negotiated by Mr Tahir.
Non-proliferation authorities say the parts were for centrifuges - sophisticated machines that can be used to enrich uranium for weapons and other purposes - but Scomi says it did not know what the parts were to be used for.
Ms Rohaida Badaruddin, a Scomi spokesman, confirmed on Tuesday that Mr Tahir was a Kaspadu director until early last year, and said it was likely Mr Kamaluddin encountered Mr Tahir at business meetings.
She added that Mr Kamaluddin was 'shocked and surprised' to learn late last year of Mr Tahir's alleged role in the nuclear network and broke ties with the Sri Lankan -- including asking Mr Tahir's wife, Nazimah Syed Majid, to sell her shares in Kaspadu.
Mr Kamaluddin has not spoken publicly about the matter and was not available for comment on Tuesday. A security guard at the house listed on company documents as his residence told AP it was owned by Prime Minister Abdullah Ahmad Badawi, but that nobody lives there now.
Police say they have interviewed the Mr Tahir but he is not in custody because he has not committed any crime in Malaysia.
Mr Abdullah took office last October and was deputy prime minister at the time of the business dealings between his son and the Sri Lankan.
The revelations of deeper links between Mr Tahir and Mr Kamaluddin come as Malaysian officials complain that the country has been unfairly singled out by Washington for its role in the nuclear black market. -- AP
http://straitstimes.asia1.com.sg/latest/story/0,4390,235850,00.html?

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Malaysian minister in corruption probe resigns
KUALA LUMPUR - A Malaysian minister has resigned after being charged with an illegal share deal, falling victim to a major anti-corruption campaign launched by new Prime Minister Abdullah Ahmad Badawi.
Kasitah was charged with two counts of corruption involving the sale of shares valued up to RM40 million (US$10.5 million) in a plantation company.
Kasitah Gaddam, the land and cooperative development minister, handed in his resignation on Tuesday just before Mr Abdullah left on an official visit to Iran, the Premier told journalists travelling with him.
Kasitah is the highest-ranking official to fall under the anti-corruption drive Mr Abdullah launched after taking office on Oct 31 from the long-serving Dr Mahathir Mohamad, who was frequently accused of allowing corruption to spread during his 22-year rule.
Kasitah was charged last Thursday with two counts of corruption involving the sale of shares valued up to RM40 million (US$10.5 million) in a plantation company held by the Sabah Land Development Board, which he chairs.
Mr Abdullah told journalists that the disgraced minister, who is free on RM1 million (US$262,000) bail, left office to concentrate on the case. He has pleaded innocent and demanded his right to trial. -- AP
--------------------------------------------------------
>> WHY NOW?


Disarming the nuclear Brahmins
By SUNANDA K. DATTA-RAY
FOR THE STRAITS TIMES
THE commendable raft of anti-proliferation measures that United States President George W. Bush announced in the wake of the Pakistani scandal would be more effective if the five nuclear Brahmins in the global caste system also demonstrated respect for their legal and moral obligation to disarm under Article VI of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT).
The nuclear black market flourishes because rulers covet the bomb for political rather than military reasons. It looms large in their consciousness as a symbol of unity, determination and self-respect: the ultimate circus in lieu of bread.
Given the jungle values of our civilisation, a nation with the power of annihilation is regarded as more important than one without it. Tragically, realpolitik does nothing to correct such perverse thinking.
The very fact that the only permanent members of the United Nations Security Council are also the only acknowledged nuclear states, and that the US, with the deadliest arsenal of all, sets the global agenda, further identifies might with right in the eyes of many developing nations.
They suspect the nuclear haves of using institutions and systems like the UN, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), Nuclear Suppliers Group, Missile Technology Control Regime, dual-use technology restrictions, export controls and sophisticated monitoring to keep the have-nots in permanent deprivation. They also see India, Pakistan and Israel getting away with it. Scoldings and pleadings cannot wish away this evidence.
What The New York Times called the 'elaborate charade' of the televised confession and pardon of Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan, Pakistan's 'larger-than-life national hero', citing President Pervez Musharraf, strengthens scepticism.
Pakistan's nuclear programme has been no secret since 1972 when former prime minister Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto famously vowed to eat grass to build the bomb. It was his response to defeat in the Bangladesh war.
Addressing posterity from his death cell in 1979, Mr Bhutto made two significant points about his nuclear programme. He acknowledged Chinese assistance, claiming Pakistan's 1976 agreement with China as his 'greatest achievement and contribution to the survival of (his) people and nation'.
And he vigorously defended an 'Islamic bomb' - 'We know that Israel and South Africa have full nuclear capability. The Christian, Jewish and Hindu civilisations have this capability. The communist powers also possess it. Only the Islamic civilisation was without it, but that position was about to change'.
IAEA chief Mohamed El Baradei believes the controversy over Dr Khan is only the tip of the iceberg. Most of the facts were already well-known. There were early thefts of nuclear secrets from the Netherlands, Britain, Canada and the US. Iranian and Pakistani scientists (including Dr Khan) collaborated openly.
TEACH BY EXAMPLE
TRANSFERS of Chinese nuclear technology and equipment and Taiwanese interceptions of North Korean missile shipments have both been reported. So has Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi's US$50 million (S$84 million) expenditure on the technology. The Carnegie Endowment for International Peace claims that Pakistan obtained its first atomic weapon in 1986.
But the Reagan and first Bush administrations suppressed the evidence collected by the US Central Intelligence Agency so long as Pakistan was needed to organise the Afghan mujahideen, including Osama bin Laden. It was only after the Soviets left Afghanistan that then president George Bush Senior refused in 1990 to certify that Pakistan did not possess a nuclear device, a condition for continued aid.
Rogue states and terrorists cannot have failed to note this subordination of proliferation requirements to US strategic imperatives. Supporting Mr George W. Bush's call for stricter vigilance, Mr El Baradei now seeks a more objective effort to prevent proliferation. He wants a strengthened NPT, resumed negotiations on a Fissile Materials Control Treaty, enforcement of the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty and a road map for disarmament.
Article VI of the NPT, which the International Court of Justice has upheld, already demands 'general and complete disarmament under strict and effective international control' and calls on signatories 'to make progressive efforts to reduce nuclear weapons globally with the ultimate aim of eliminating those weapons'. In 1996, the UN's Group of 21 (developing countries) voted for an ad hoc committee on nuclear disarmament in terms of the original Geneva conference. It was shot down.
It is time to revive that initiative. Example remains the best teacher. We need some salutary move by the Big Five to demonstrate that rogue states and terrorists alone are not expected to make the world a safer place for us all.
The writer is a senior research fellow at the Institute of South-east Asian Studies. The views expressed here are his own.
--------------------------------------------------------

>> THEN AGAIN...

Old ICBMs, Old Thinking
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2004/02/17/009.html
By Pavel Felgenhauer
The Russian military has begun a strategic exercise heralded as the biggest since Soviet times. Nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles will be fired from land and from a nuclear submarine in the Barents Sea; strategic bombers will fly simulated combat missions and fire long-range cruise missiles; Army, Air Force, Navy and airborne conventional forces will also be involved.
is expected that President Vladimir Putin will travel the several hundred meters from the Kremlin to the General Staff and Defense Ministry building on Arbatskaya Ploshchad. There, from the crisis room of the armed forces' central command post, Putin will personally authorize the launch of one or more nuclear ICBMs at Russia's potential "enemies." The exercises will end in a resounding victory that will repel the "aggressors." Footage of Putin at the helm as commander-in-chief may well be used as electioneering fodder.
The war game is very Soviet in style and content, acting out a possible confrontation with the United States and its allies. Putin constantly states that Russia has chosen the path of democracy and market economic reforms, so why spend money preparing to fight a nuclear war with Western democracies and why suddenly this year? Does it reflect a sudden deterioration in relations with the West?
In fact, similar strategic exercises have been held year after year. The need to test-fire ICBMs is technical and does not in itself reflect anything.
The nuclear forces are armed with very old ICBMs: Some have been in service in underground silos for over 27 years. Russia officially has 728 land-based and 472 sea-based ICBMs. New land-based SS-27 (Topol-M) ICBMs are produced at a rate of approximately six per year. An undisclosed number of older-version SS-25 (Topol) and sea-based ICBMs has also been produced recently, but informed sources say no more than 10 to 20 per year.
The number of ICBM replacements is inadequate. Each year the ICBM inventory is getting older and older. The life span of most Russian ICBMs, as guaranteed by their producers, has long expired.
To ensure that the nuclear strategic deterrent is still credible, each year some of the oldest ICBMs need to be test-fired to show the world that they can still fly and hit their target. Last year, an 18-year-old land-mobile SS-25 was successfully launched from the Mirny launch pad in the north, near Plesetsk. The dummy warhead successfully hit its target at the Kamchatka missile-receiving facility.
A 27-year-old SS-18 and an SS-19 were extracted from silos, transported to Kazakhstan and launched in the direction of Kamchatka from silos at the Baikonur space center. (Russia does not launch liquid-fuel ICBMs from silos on its territory because debris containing highly poisonous "geptil" fuel may fall on populated areas.)
If a test firing of an aging ICBM is successful, the warranted life span of all the other ICBMs of the same class is extended by a year. Typically, one of the oldest ICBMs of a class is launched each year. If the launch fails or there are serious problems, it is repeated. Every year, the test should be repeated in any case.
The current test-firing routine began in the 1990s. In Soviet times, aging ICBMs were simply replaced by new ones, and the test pads at Mirny and Baikonur were busy testing new missiles. Sometime in 1994, a military chief told me that since they had to fire the ICBMs anyway and spend the money, they decided to organize a strategic exercise with a simulated nuclear war, in which they would test submarine ICBMs and cruise missiles.
That is how it has been now for a decade. In 1996, an election year, Boris Yeltsin used the occasion to pose as commander-in-chief in the crisis room at Arbatskaya Ploshchad. This year Putin may do the same thing. This year's exercise will also have the staffs of conventional forces simulating war activities, but not many real soldiers will be involved.
The main point of the exercise is to test aging ICBMs and bombers and the war-game scenario is also antiquated, involving the West (the United States) as the potential foe.
The military is caught in a time warp: Its hardware is old, its strategic ideas are outdated, it does not want to change nor does it seem able to -- irrespective of what happens politically in Russia or the world.
Now Putin has announced that some SS-19s will be in operation until 2030 and that they will be test-firing them each year. It's not a good omen.
Pavel Felgenhauer is an independent defense analyst.
-------------------------------------------------------------
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2004/02/17/012.html

President Takes a Submarine Ride
By Simon Saradzhyan
Staff Writer
Itar-Tass / Reuters
Putin, flanked by Ivanov and Navy commander Admiral Vladimir Kuroyedov, walking on a pier in Severomorsk on Monday evening.
President Vladimir Putin boarded a Northern Fleet submarine Monday to observe first-hand ongoing nuclear war games that are to culminate this week with the flights of strategic bombers and launches of ballistic missiles.
Putin arrived at the fleet's headquarters in Severomorsk on Monday evening and shortly afterward was shown on television boarding the Arkhangelsk ballistic missile nuclear-powered submarine. The president, wearing a heavy naval coat and cap, was accompanied by Defense Minister Sergei Ivanov, who is commanding the strategic exercises.
The Akula-class submarine, which is armed 20 RSM-52 ballistic missiles along with other armaments, was then towed away from the dock with Putin on board, Interfax reported.
Putin was to stay on board until Tuesday afternoon to observe the launches of missiles in the Barents Sea, Rossia television reported.
The launches are part of military exercises that have been under way since late January and entered what the Defense Ministry described as the active stage Monday evening.
In addition to Northern Fleet submarines, Russia's only aircraft carrier -- the Admiral Kuznetsov -- also put out to sea to participate in the exercises Monday, Interfax reported. The carrier had been docked at a Northern Fleet base for four years.
Virtually all branches of the country's armed forces are participating in the war games, including the Navy, Air Force, Strategic Missile Forces, Airborne Troops and Army, national news agencies reported.
This week, at least two ballistic missiles will be test-fired across the country, two satellites will be launched and more than a dozen long-range Tu-160 bombers will take part in sorties that include the firing of cruise missiles over the Atlantic Ocean, according to local media reports.
Among other maneuvers, units of the Siberian Military District and the Volga-Urals Military District are being deployed westward, while airborne units are being dispatched by air and rail to unspecified destinations.
In April 2000, Putin boarded a Northern Fleet submarine, the Delfin-class Karelia, to watch the launch of a ballistic missile. A month earlier, he flew in a two-seat Sukhoi jet over Chechnya in what some observers called a ploy to boost his popularity.
Putin, who is widely expected to win the presidential election next month, told a gathering of his campaign activists in Moscow on Thursday that war games are important as they allow the world "to conceive our military might as an element of strategic security."
A senior military commander told reporters last week that the exercises are not aimed against the United States. He conceded, however, that they were prompted in part by Russia's concern about the United States' development of low-yield nuclear weapons.
He also said the war games will help to develop defense systems "capable of providing an asymmetric answer to existing and prospective weapons systems, including missile defense."
-----------------------------------------------------------
>> THEN AGAIN...

Navy Again Fails to Launch Missile in Exercises
By Vladimir Isachenkov
The Associated Press
Mikhail Metzel / AP

>> VLAD WITH TOY...
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2004/02/19/011.html
Putin holding a model rocket after Wednesday's launch at the Plesetsk Cosmodrome.


In a new blow to military prestige, the Navy failed for the second consecutive day Wednesday to launch a ballistic missile from a Northern Fleet submarine during maneuvers attended by President Vladimir Putin.
But Putin pronounced the strategic nuclear exercises -- the largest in more than 20 years -- a success and said they would facilitate the deployment of a new generation of strategic weapons.
"The experiments conducted during these maneuvers, the experiments that were completed successfully, have proven that state-of-the art technical complexes will enter service with the Russian Strategic Missile Forces in the near future," Putin said after watching the launch of a military satellite from the Plesetsk Cosmodrome in northern Russia, which was part of the massive exercises.
The new weapons will be "capable of hitting targets continents away with hypersonic speed, high precision and the ability of wide maneuver," Putin said, adding that the new weapons -- unparalleled in the world -- would "reliably ensure Russia's strategic security for a long historical perspective."
Putin insisted that the designing of new weapons was not directed against the United States. "Modern Russia has no imperial ambitions or hegemonist strivings," he said.
Russia is continuing research in missile defense systems, and may build a new missile shield in the future, Putin said. Russia currently has a missile defense system protecting Moscow that was designed in the 1970s.
Despite the ambitious statement by Putin, the exercises he attended were tarnished by the Navy's failure on two consecutive days to launch missiles from nuclear submarines.
The Navy on Wednesday sent a Northern Fleet nuclear submarine to repeat Tuesday's unsuccessful launch -- only to fail again.
The missile launched from the Karelia submarine started erring from its designated flight path 98 seconds after the launch and was blown up by its self-liquidation system, Navy spokesman Captain Igor Dygalo said.
No one was hurt, he said in a telephone interview.
An official investigation has begun.
Some Russian media described the Navy's attempt on Wednesday as an effort to rehabilitate itself after the previous day's failure.
Putin went to the Barents Sea on board the giant Arkhangelsk nuclear submarine to observe that missile launch firsthand. But the launch from the Novomoskovsk submarine, which military officials had announced in advance, and which was described on the front page of Tuesday's official military daily, Krasnaya Zvezda or Red Star, did not take place.
Russian officials and media made conflicting statements about the reason for the failure. The naval chief, Admiral Vladimir Kuroyedov, ended up saying Tuesday that the Navy had never planned a real launch and successfully conducted what he described as a simulated one.
Many Russian newspapers, however, assailed what they described as a clumsy cover-up of Tuesday's failed launch, saying that Kuroyedov's statement resembled official lies about the August 2000 sinking of the Kursk nuclear submarine in the Barents Sea, which killed all 118 aboard and badly dented the Navy's prestige.
"Apparently they decided not to smear President Vladimir Putin's participation in the exercise with negative information," Kommersant said.
The exercises are widely seen as part of campaign efforts in the run-up to the March 14 presidential election aimed at playing up Putin's image as a leader bent on restoring Russia's military power and global clout.
Putin, who is expected to easily win the election, swapped the naval officer's garb he wore on the submarine for the green uniform of an officer of the Strategic Missile Forces on his visit Wednesday to the Plesetsk launch pad.
While there he watched the successful launch of the Molnia-M booster rocket, which carried a Kosmos military satellite into orbit. He also viewed the trouble-free liftoff of an RS-18 ballistic missile from the Baikonur Cosmodrome, which Russia leases from Kazakhstan, via video hookup.
State-run television channels, which are lavishly covering the daily activities of Putin, ran footage of the president watching the launches and congratulating officers in Plesetsk, but kept mum about the failed launches.


? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.

--------------------------------------------------

>> RUSSIA FILES CONTINUED...

Study Triples Oil's Share of GDP

By Alex Fak
Staff Writer The economy is nearly three times more dependent on oil and gas than official statistics indicate, making the country much more vulnerable to oil price swings than previously thought, the World Bank said Wednesday.
The State Statistics Committee doesn't properly account for the tax avoidance schemes used by oil and gas companies, the bank concluded in its annual report on the Russian economy. But if it did, the numbers would show that oil and gas accounts not for 9 percent of gross domestic product, but 25 percent, and that services account for just 35 percent of GDP, not 55 percent.
Russia's purported shift to a service-driven economy is "mythical," said Christof RЯhl, the World Bank's chief economist for Russia and the author of the report. "The government shouldn't expect services to take the lead in economic growth."
RЯhl said he recalculated official figures to negate the affect of transfer pricing -- when an oil or gas company sells to a trading affiliate at knock-down prices to minimize profit taxes.
The new figures show that the oil and gas sector, despite employing less than 1 percent of the workforce, makes up half of all industrial production. Transfer pricing also artificially inflates the services sector, a major component of which is trade. Oil and gas production is statistically disguised as trade when producers sell to affiliated traders who turn around and sell abroad at an enormous profit, with the difference considered "value added" in the services sector.
"Recent productivity gains in services remain very limited, compared to industrial productivity, and this holds in particular for the very low-productivity (but growing) non-market services," the report said.
This non-market, or public, services sector also depends on subsidies, which in turn depend on oil prices, he added.
The government has moved to close transfer-pricing loopholes, but that's no guarantee that the practice will not continue, he said.
That the economy is over-reliant on oil is not disputed -- oil and other natural resources account for 80 percent of all exports, and taxes on the oil and gas sector generates two-fifths of all government revenues. And a forthcoming study by Peter Westin, chief economist at investment bank Aton, found that the oil and gas sector accounts for up to 30 percent of GDP if measured by world prices. The State Statistics Committee uses domestic prices, which are much lower, in its calculations.
International debt rating agencies Standard and Poor's and Fitch consistently cite Russia's vulnerability to oil price swings among their reasons for not raising Russian debt to investment grade.
"This has always been the same [and] you cannot overcome this dependence in the short run," said Yevgeny Gavrilenkov, chief economist at Troika Dialog. When oil prices collapsed in the 1980s, the Soviet Union was forced to borrow massive sums abroad, which contributed to the collapse of the country, he said.
The World Bank report, however, highlights just how deep this dependency runs. Officially, the economy grew 7.2 percent last year, but if oil prices had not been unusually high, the growth would have been more like 4 percent, RЯhl said.
"Since 1991, the economy hasn't grown more than 5 percent without oil prices being high," he said.
Some economists took issue with the World Bank's findings.
Al Breach of Brunswick UBS, for example, said the 25 percent figure for the oil and gas sector's share of the economy "seems very high," even when export prices are taken into account.
Other economists, however, said the World Bank's number-crunching demonstrated with figures what many already believed.
Troika's Gavrilenkov said most economists ignore official GDP sector statistics in favor of other indicators, such as the balance of payment figures.
"Economic statistics are like a bikini: what they reveal is important, but what they conceal is vital," Gavrilenkov quipped.
Some economists also took issue with RЯhl's claim that it is a "myth" that a structural shift in the economy to the services sector is occurring.
Aton's Westin, for example, said many services that could not possibly be inflated by transfer pricing, such as telecoms, have grown as much as 400 percent in the last five years.
In addition, the comparatively small role that the services sector plays in the economy is more a sign of development than a drag on growth, said Natalya Orlova, senior economist at Alfa Bank.
Developed economies are generally two-third services and one-third industry, she said.
Orlova said services actually account for as much as 50 percent of the economy, not the 35 percent the World Bank claims. But either way, she said, any increase would indicate "a faster transition to the developed stage."


? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.
------------------------------------------------------------------

Gazprom Cuts Supplies to Europe

By Catherine Belton and Valeria Korchagina
Staff Writers Gazprom took the unprecedented step Wednesday of cutting all gas supplies to Belarus and via its territory to Germany and Poland, a hardball move in a conflict over prices and pipelines that is likely to seriously rock relations between Moscow and Minsk.
Gazprom said it was forced to block the Belarus transit route because Belarus had started siphoning off gas from its export pipeline into Europe. The alleged theft came after Minsk failed to clinch a new deal on gaining its own domestic supplies amid an escalating price dispute with Gazprom.
Gazprom supplies one quarter of all Europe's gas needs. About 17 percent of that amount, or 22 billion to 24 billion cubic meters, is supplied via Belarus. Poland has enough stored gas and alternative supply sources to keep going without any problems for several weeks, while Germany has enough for many months, analysts said.
Gazprom said it could compensate for the loss by using reserve capacity in its pipelines into Europe via Ukraine, but only partly. It would not specify how much.
"Belarus began siphoning off gas from transit pipelines. There is no longer any gas going into Belarus, or to Germany or Poland via Belarussian territory," Gazprom spokesman Sergei Kupriyanov said Wednesday evening.
He said the gas was cut off at 6 p.m. and could not say when it would be switched back on.
"We are in a very complicated situation that has been totally provoked by Belarus because it will not enter into normal, transparent relations for the transit of gas. The situation is very unpleasant. But it is just impossible to supply more gas via Belarus."
Gazprom released a statement a few minutes later blaming Belarus for having to break its contracts with its European partners. "Responsibility for Gazprom's breach of contract with its foreign consumers lies fully on the Belarussian side," it said.
Gazprom could face fines and penalties from its clients if it fails to deliver volumes promised in long-term contracts, but analysts said the buyers were not likely to take action against Gazprom for some time and were likely to side with Russia in blaming Belarus.
A spokesman for Ruhrgas, the German gas giant that is one of Gazprom's major clients and a shareholder in the company, said it was not affected yet by Wednesday's cutoff.
"At this point we are not concerned. We get over 90 percent of our Russian gas supplies through the route that goes through Ukraine," the spokesman, who spoke on condition of anonymity, said by telephone from Essen, Germany.
He added that he could not comment on Russia's relations with Belarus.
The Belarussian government held an urgent meeting to discuss the gas-supply interruption, Channel One television reported.
A spokeswoman for Belarussian President Alexander Lukashenko said by telephone from Minsk that the government had no immediate comment.
A representative of the Russia-Belarus Union, however, lashed out at the decision as blackmail.
"This is political and economic blackmail capable of dealing a serious blow to relations between Russia and Belarus and to the building of our union," said Alexei Vaganov, the deputy head of the Russian-Belarussian parliament's budget committee, Interfax reported.
Minsk residents on Wednesday night were not aware of Gazprom's decision and the threat of a looming gas shortage, Channel One said.
A Belarussian gas official insisted that households would not suffer. "People have absolutely nothing to worry about. ... We will match demand in full," Vitaly Khlopenyuk, the head the gas supplies department of Minskgaz, a local gas distribution company, told Channel One.
"But, yes, many industrial enterprises could get cut off," he added.
Belarus only has enough gas in storage to last 10 days without new supplies, and 15 to 20 days if it makes energy cutbacks -- leaving it no choice but to find a compromise with Gazprom, said Valery Nesterov, oil and gas analyst at Troika Dialog.
"I am sure this will be resolved in less than a week, because otherwise there will be a political scandal and Belarus' neighbors in Poland and Germany will start to put international pressure on Lukashenko as well, " Nesterov said.
"Gazprom also is not interested in this conflict going for a long time. It has promised stable supplies to its European partners," he said. "This is a measure to make sure Belarus understands the seriousness of [Gazprom's] intentions."
But Jonathan Stern, director of gas research at the Oxford Institute for Energy Studies, said the standoff may have already provoked new doubts about the stability of Russian gas supplies.
"The really bad thing about the whole episode is that now there is huge doubt in the minds of everyone as to whether [Russia's] transit countries can be trusted," Stern said.
"Now that Belarus has been found to be up to the same as Ukraine, that's very serious. If there is no stability between Russia and the transit country, there is a question about the security of supplies. We had hoped relations had stabilized."
Most of Gazprom's shipments to Europe go via Ukraine. But Gazprom started shifting some supplies via Belarus by building the Yamal-Europe pipeline several years ago, a move that came as an attempt to ensure stable supplies at a time when Gazprom was accusing Ukraine of siphoning off gas.
Nesterov said Germany has enough underground storages and alternative suppliers in Denmark, Norway, the Netherlands and Britain. It receives 35 bcm of gas from Gazprom, almost 40 percent of its total gas supplies, and most of that is through Ukraine, he said.
Poland, however, could have more difficulties. Gazprom supplies 7.4 bcm per year -- nearly 80 percent of its annual needs -- and most of that amount goes through Belarus, Nesterov said. The alternative suppliers for Poland are Ukraine and Germany, and both of those countries currently supply only a small amount.
"Poland is probably the most serious case," Stern said. "If this lasts a few more weeks and the weather stays cold, then it could get serious."
Gazprom stopped shipping gas to Belarus in January after Minsk refused to agree to a price hike from $30 per thousand cubic meters last year to $50 per thousand cubic meters, an increase that would have drawn the tariff in line with domestic Russian prices.
In the meantime, independent suppliers Trans Nafta and Itera moved to fill the gap, agreeing to supply gas at $46.60 per thousand cubic meters. But neither supplier can fully meet Belarus' annual gas needs, and each signed a series of short-term contracts. Last year Belarus imported 18.5 bcm, 10.2 bcm of which came from Gazprom.
The gas standoff escalated Wednesday when Belarus' only remaining supply contract, with Trans Nafta, expired at 10 a.m. and the two sides were unable to reach agreement on the next contract. This left Belarus without any new source of supplies and Gazprom with an excuse to turn off the pipeline.
Kupriyanov, the Gazprom spokesman, said his company believes Minsk started to siphon off gas from its export pipeline in exact proportion to the amount it lost in the Trans Nafta contract.
The conflict also centers around the possible sale of Belarus' pipeline company, Beltransgaz, to Gazprom. In an intergovernment agreement signed last year, Russia and Belarus decided that Gazprom would set up a joint venture to run Beltransgaz in return for keeping Belarus' gas prices at the same level as domestic Russian prices.
That deal, however, stalled because the two sides failed to agree on a price. Belarus values Beltransgaz at $5 billion, while Gazprom values it at $600 million.

? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.

-----------------------------------------------------------
Ministry: Oil Exports to Asia to Rise Tenfold

Bloomberg Russia, the world's biggest oil supplier after Saudi Arabia, expects to raise crude exports to the Asian-Pacific region tenfold by 2020 as the country plans to tap oil and gas fields in eastern Siberia and the Far East.
The government will increase oil exports to the region so that they comprise a third of shipments abroad in 2020, when the country expects to supply as much as 310 million tons per year (6.2 million barrels per day) to world markets, the Natural Resources Ministry said in a statement e-mailed to news services Wednesday.
The country plans to explore new fields and produce 80 million tons of oil per year in 2020 in eastern Siberia, the ministry said.
Output from the Sakhalin Island shelf off the Pacific coast is expected to rise to as much as 26 million tons per year by 2010 and change little over the ensuing decade.
In August the government said it expects oil output will rise as much as 24 percent by 2020 to 520 million tons, compared with 2003.
Gazprom, the world's largest natural gas producer; Transneft, the country's oil pipeline monopoly; Rosneft, the largest state-owned oil producer; BP venture TNK-BP and Surgutneftegaz are discussing with the ministry plans to develop fields in eastern Russia that may hold at least 2.4 billion tons of oil and 9.4 trillion cubic meters of gas reserves.
Russia expects the Asian-Pacific region to receive 15 percent of its gas exports in 2020, when the country's total gas shipments abroad may reach as much as 280 billion cubic meters. The country does not ship gas to the region now.
The government plans to raise gas production by 13 percent to 700 billion cubic meters in 2020, up from 617 billion cubic meters extracted in 2003.
The Energy, Economic Development and Trade, and Natural Resources ministries regulate the development of oil and gas resources and review proposals to build new pipelines to export the fuels.
Asian refiners, especially in energy-starved China, are boosting purchases of Russian crude oil as declining demand in Europe makes the oil cheaper than competing grades from the Middle East.
Asian refiners have bought as much as 2 million barrels of Russia's Urals crude oil for loading in March, the first Russian cargoes to be shipped to the region in more than four months, according to a survey of six trading companies in Asia.
The price of Urals crude oil has fallen as demand for heating fuel drops toward the end of the European winter and supplies of Iraqi crude oil increase.
Higher Asian demand for Russian crude oil is helping to drive down prices of Oman and other Middle East grades.
Russia sells most of its output in the Mediterranean and northwest Europe, but it is becoming a cheaper alternative for Asian buyers, even though the journey from the Black Sea is twice as long as the route used to ship oil from the Middle East.
The region's refiners also buy Russian crude oil to help reduce their dependence on Middle East producers, which supply nine out of every 10 barrels of oil sold to Asia.
At current rates of growth, China is set to overtake the United States as the world's biggest energy consumer within a decade.

? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.
------------------------------------------------------------
UBS Says Oil Boom Will Last at Least a Decade
Reuters Brunswick UBS, one of the leading Western investment banks in Russia, said Wednesday that it expected the world's second-largest oil exporter to maintain very strong production and exports growth for a least a decade.
The bank said it had raised the forecast it published last year, already considered bullish, and expected output to rise to 12 million barrels per day from 9 million bpd now, strengthening its position as the world's top crude producer.
The country's oil and refined product exports could rise close to 10 million bpd by 2010, outpacing its main rival Saudi Arabia.
"In contrast to some expectations that growth rates will decline precipitously this year, we continue to believe output and exports will see extraordinary growth before settling at a 'normalized' basis of 4 percent annual growth at the end of this decade," it said.
Low oil prices still represented the main risk, but even if the price falls below $20 per barrel, cash-rich Russian producers would have enough resources to maintain the growth.
A possible stand-off with OPEC, increasingly unhappy about losing its market share to Russia, could also be a problem.
"We believe growing demand far in excess of Russian production offers the most realistic and probable outcome that would alleviate OPEC of the need to confront Russia dramatically, although the risk is present."
Many analysts have said Russia's impressive output growth, which propelled production to 9 million bpd from 6 million in 1999, may slow down amid the lack of export capacities, reserves depletion and a judicial attack on oil major Yukos.
But Brunswick UBS, part of Swiss giant group UBS, the world's largest asset manager, played down these concerns.
"The export system is facilitating Russia's rapid ascent to becoming a 10 million bpd producer, and could even take it to an eye-popping 12 million bpd by the end of this decade," it said.
This year, output should grow by 8.7 percent to above 9 million bpd, will rise to slightly above 10 million bpd by 2006, above 11 million by 2008 and slightly above 12 million by 2010.
Russia's total export capacity stood at 6 million bpd in 2003, of which crude accounted for 4.41 million bpd and refined oil products for 1.59 million bpd.

? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.
-----------------------------------------------------------------

>> PORTRAIT OF AN OLIGARCH BEHIND BARS...
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2004/02/19/041.html

Khodorkovsky Wants Public Trial
By Valeria Korchagina
Staff Writer
AP
Ex-Yukos CEO Mikhail Khodorkovsky
Mikhail Khodorkovsky, the imprisoned ex-CEO of Yukos, will not cut any deals with the state to secure his freedom and regards a public trial as the only way to clear his name, his lawyer Anton Drel said Wednesday.
Khodorkovsky's wishes came in response to an offer by his allies to exchange their stake in Yukos for his release from prison.
"The offer was not agreed with Khodorkovsky. All he wants is to have a public trial where he can defend his name. Clearing his name is more important for him than money, or property, or cutting some sort of deals," Drel said.
Drel visited Khodorkovsky on Tuesday at Moscow's Matrosskaya Tishina prison, where the billionaire has been held since his detention in October.
Khodorkovsky was arrested on a multitude of charges related to fraud and tax evasion.
As he awaits trial, he is getting acquainted with the 227 volumes - each containing between 300 and 500 pages - of the criminal case against him, Drel said.
The offer to swap chunks of the Yukos oil major for the release of Khodorkovsky and his imprisoned ally Platon Lebedev was voiced by core Yukos shareholder Leonid Nevzlin earlier this week.
Nevzlin said he and two other shareholders, Vladimir Dubov and Mikhail Brudno, were willing to trade stakes in Yukos for their partners' freedom.
The authorities ignored the offer, which has little, if any, legal basis.
In another development, it has emerged from recently published company financials that Yukos' debt to entities affiliated with its shareholders has increased.
In December, Yukos received a $1.25 billion loan from its affiliate Yukos Capital S.a.r.l.
Another loan, for $1.6 billion, was facilitated by Societe Generale in September. It came from Yukos parent company Group Menatep, which controls a stake of about 50 percent in the oil major.
Although the second loan was taken before Khodorkovsky was arrested and the Prosecutor General's Office froze a roughly 40 percent stake in Yukos, it could serve as an extra protection measure for shareholders should Yukos face bankruptcy, analysts said.
Such a threat could come either by way of authorities seizing a stake in Yukos as compensation for the alleged financial crimes of its owners, or if the company ends up having to pay the $3.4 billion tax bill produced by the Tax Ministry at the end of last year.
"It is largely speculation so far. But if it really comes to it, right now up to 70 percent of Yukos debt is held by structures affiliated with its shareholders," said Lev Snykov, oil and gas analyst with NIKoil investment bank.
"And if so, they will be first in line after the state gets its share in the bankruptcy."


Related Articles
Nevzlin Offers Shares for Freedom (Feb. 17, 2004)

Khodorkovsky No Longer a Menatep Owner (Feb. 12, 2004)

? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
>> HHMM...

Transvaal Exposes Dark Side of Building Boom
By Denis Maternovsky
Staff Writer
AP
Relatives of those who died in the Transvaal collapse leading a funeral procession Wednesday at the Vostryakovskoye Cemetery.
In the aftermath of the Transvaal water park tragedy Saturday, Mayor Yury Luzhkov held construction companies and designers accountable for the building's collapse.
Yet if his claim turns out to be true, City Hall -- which lords over building permits and property rights -- will have nobody but itself to blame.
No large construction project can be completed without the city's approval. The high-profile Transvaal water park opened in Luzhkov's presence during City Day celebrations in September 2002, and was later dubbed "project of the year" by a city-appointed jury.
Whether or not shoddy construction was at fault for the disaster, the spectacular rise and fall of the Transvaal project illuminates the dark side of Moscow's building boom: labyrinthine bureaucratic procedures that often lead to corruption and the cutting of corners.
"Nine out of 10 bureaucrats involved in construction take bribes," one senior real estate consultant said.
On average it takes a year of consultations with various city bodies -- committees on land, architecture, utilities and ecology, among others -- before construction can even begin, builders said.
Not surprisingly, few companies are willing to wait that long in the cutthroat world of Moscow real estate.
"The faster you build, the higher the profitability," said Vladimir Pinayev, associate director at Jones Lang LaSalle.
It is an open secret that construction on most Moscow projects begins well before they are officially approved; the missing permits are obtained after the fact. It has become common for builders to construct higher than allowed and strike a deal with City Hall only later.
While obtaining all the necessary paperwork can take a similar amount of time in Western cities, it is the number of permits required and a lack of transparency that sets Moscow apart.
As many as 250 documents are needed to gain approval for a high-rise in Moscow, according to the representative of a large construction company. For Transvaal Park, roughly 200 approvals were required, media reported.
"In each country you need a lot of permits, but the procedures need to be clear," said Peter Partma, IKEA's expansion manager for Russia.
"But in Moscow there is no clear guideline how to proceed and there are no set deadlines -- a certain approval may take a day or a month."
Too much is controlled by "specific individuals," which, in the absence of a set approval procedure, makes "personal connections" in City Hall essential, Pinayev said.
Lack of connections in various approval bodies often leads to projects being delayed or rejected.
"All designs must go through Moskomarkhitektura [the Moscow Architectural Committee] ... You have the situation where an architect does a project and also sits on Moskomarkhitektura and approves the project," said a real estate lawyer with a Western law firm.
Not only are bureaucratic procedures time-consuming, they are very complicated and often impossible to follow, builders said.
Lack of coordination between different agencies and overlapping or contradictory regulations sometimes mean that developers "get to choose what rules they are going to follow," opening up a source of corruption, said Darrell Stanaford, senior director at Noble Gibbons in association with CB Richard Ellis.
"There is so much bureaucracy that things become disconnected. You don't know who is doing what," said one senior project manager with an international construction and engineering firm.
In the case of Transvaal Park, a lack of control was probably more to blame than excessive red tape.
One reason for the tragedy could be that certain inspections were conducted too fast, as the building was being raised with the city's blessing, the source added.
City Hall's involvement in construction is not limited to giving out licenses and permits -- it also gets to allocate land.
"Currently in Moscow there is a lack of empty land plots for construction," said Dmitry Rayev, a lawyer with Swiss Realty Group. "This means you either should win a tender to lease land, or you should sign an investment contract with the city to renovate old buildings."
Land in Moscow cannot be owned -- it can only be leased for a 49-year period from City Hall. Although the practice violates the 2001 Land Code, the city has resisted parting with this lucrative source of income.
When developers sign an investment contract with City Hall, the city receives an ownership share in the new building. Such deals usually stipulate that the investor cannot buy the city's share for several years, Rayev said.
City Hall's dominance over the construction sector does not always translate into building quality, however.
Many of the existing construction norms and regulations, known as SNIPs by their Russian acronym, have not been updated for decades.
But even these outdated standards, which do not take modern construction techniques into account, are not always followed.
"A system of endemic corruption is flourishing on virtually all construction sites in the city," said Alexei Klimenko, member of City Hall's architectural council, according to Izvestia.
Anything -- from construction permits to replacing quality cement with a cheaper brand -- can be done by way of bribes, he added.
Despite the wide range of construction quality in Moscow, the situation is "not catastrophic," Pinayev said.
In fact the quality of construction has been rising over the past decade, as "real tenders force builders to constantly improve quality and adopt new standards and technologies," said Ilya Shershnev, development director at Swiss Realty Group.
But Jack Keller, director of Noble Gibbons real estate consultants, said that Moscow's construction boom has outpaced safety considerations.
"From a broad perspective, over the last 10 years, some modern construction technology has entered the market which wasn't used in the Soviet Union," he said.
"From design and maintenance standpoints it has taken some time to be assimilated."
Staff Writer Alex Nicholson contributed to this report.


Related Articles
Shoigu Clears Transvaal's Foundation (Feb. 18, 2004)

Putin Promises Justice in Park Tragedy (Feb. 17, 2004)

Mayor: Up to 38 Dead at Water Park (Feb. 17, 2004)
? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.

------------------------------------------------------------

>> HHMM...2

4 Years of Reforming the Federal System

By Nikolai Petrov To Our Readers
At the start of Vladimir Putin's first term as president, the question was: "Who is Mr. Putin?" As his first term comes to a close, the time has come to assess the results of his first and most important policy initiative: reform of the federal system.

Putin launched his program of essentially "anti-federal" reforms immediately after his inauguration in May 2000. The main points of this program were:

* The creation of seven federal districts headed by envoys appointed directly by the president;

* The weakening of the Federation Council as the focus of gubernatorial power in Moscow, achieved by moving the governors into the State Council, a consultative body that meets with the president four times per year;

* The creation of a mechanism allowing federal intervention in regional affairs, including the power to remove elected regional leaders from office and to dissolve regional legislatures.

Federal reform got underway quickly and with very little public debate. The newly-formed federal districts were designed to coincide with the Interior Ministry's troop districts. As his envoys, Putin chose five generals and two top-level (or former top-level) government officials. Their offices, like those of the chief federal inspectors who represent the president in each of Russia's 89 regions, were staffed largely with former agents of the security services. The seven envoys have enjoyed varying degrees of success, but only one district -- the Northwest District -- has seen leadership changes (twice in 2003).
The envoys are members of the Security Council, reporting to the president twice annually on their districts. The president meets biannually with all of his envoys and federal inspectors, and also meets regularly with the envoys on an individual basis. Once the envoys' offices were up and running, district-level branches of all security and law enforcement agencies were created with the exception of the FSB, which provided oversight of the federal reform process. And many other federal agencies have followed suit.
The aims of Putin's federal reform are not yet entirely clear, but policy statements made over the years have stressed five main points: bringing regional laws into line with federal legislation; coordinating operations of the regional branches of federal agencies; improving the investment climate and developing small and medium-sized businesses in the regions; clearly demarcating the powers and competencies of federal, regional and local authorities; stepping up the war on crime.
None of these goals necessarily requires the appointment of generals or the creation of a burgeoning district-level bureaucracy. And this suggests that the federal districts are destined to play a greater and perhaps a very different role in future than they do at present.
The seven federal districts are quickly emerging as a new level in Russia's state structure aimed at consolidating economic and cultural activity, and the flow of information within their boundaries. The proliferation of district-level branches has created not a single chain of command but a complex tangle of such chains within the various federal agencies. In order to extend this structure downward, a network of local "outreach" offices is being developed to cater to the public. Regional authorities have lost control over the regional field offices of federal agencies. Employees are now regularly rotated to disrupt local ties and promote loyalty to Moscow. The former links between regional authorities and law enforcement agencies, the courts and business have been broken.
The presidential envoys are the primary conduit between Moscow and the regions, pushing the implementation of federal programs and arranging nearly all contacts between governors and the president. Increasingly they control business contacts in their districts, even at the international level. Economic development plans for all seven districts have been drawn up.
The Kremlin has made good use of gubernatorial elections to strengthen its hand in the regions. Putin's envoys pushed successfully to install FSB bigwigs in the governor's mansion in the Voronezh and Smolensk regions and Ingushetia, although similar hardball tactics backfired in the Kursk and Tver regions. But even without a change of governor, Moscow has tightened its grip on the regions by beefing up the regional offices of federal agencies, sending its hand-picked candidates to the Federation Council and taking control of regional business.
All the same, it should be stressed that the envoys are intermediaries, not independent powerbrokers. For all their trying, they have never gotten direct control over financial flows in their districts.
The question of power lies at the heart of reform of the federal system. This does not mean declaring war on the governors, but establishing control over the so-called power agencies (the armed forces, security and law enforcement agencies) and the regions while bypassing the presidential administration, where the influence of Yeltsin-era officials has until recently remained strong.
Taking control of the power agencies at the regional level required more than just a change of leadership, their ties to the regional authorities had to be broken. The first step was a major shake-up within the regional power agencies. The second step, carried out between April 2001 and March 2003, involved wholesale leadership changes in these agencies and the reorganization of the power agencies as a whole. The reform effort was directed at first from the Security Council, drawing heavily on the human resources of the FSB. The federal districts were matched to the Interior Ministry's troop districts because these forces were not under Defense Ministry control and enjoyed significant autonomy within the Interior Ministry itself.
So why do the envoys wear epaulets? The siloviki have been behind the reform program from the beginning. Generals are needed to issue and carry out orders. And besides, who else could manage the siloviki in the regions and on the staff of the envoys and the federal inspectors?
We can say now that the envoys have accomplished the main tasks initially set before them. They are now thrown into all of the president's major initiatives, from the census to doubling GDP and reviving Russian culture -- although generals aren't needed for this kind of work. We have seen one general replaced by a former cabinet member in St. Petersburg. Rumor has it that Viktor Kazantsev will soon be replaced in the Southern Federal District.
But it seems to me that the districts will be around for a while yet. As the nexus of innumerable federal agencies, they have acquired enormous inertia. The districts are the key element in a new, centralized network consisting of three levels: envoys, inspectors and local "outreach" offices that are open to the public. Most importantly, the districts have become so ingrained in the political system that ripping them out could cause the entire structure to collapse.
But the presidential envoys' glory days are behind them. Federal reform is entering a new phase of more routine work on strengthening the vertical and horizontal structures of power, consolidating the regions, forming municipal districts and smoothing the functioning of "managed democracy" at all levels.
It's worth bearing in mind that the seven federal districts are not merely an extension of the power agencies -- they are the foundation of the Putin regime.
They are essential to his vision of a monolithic society organized along more or less military lines -- strict subordination, the clear division of responsibilities, chain of command and state control of business and the institutions of civil society. The point of Putin's federal reform policy is to divert all power to the federal center in order to bolster the power of the Kremlin and force regional law enforcement agencies to toe the line.
The success of this policy means that Putin is well on the way to achieving the primary goal of his first term: absolute power.

Nikolai Petrov, a scholar-in-residence at the Carnegie Moscow Center, contributed this comment to The Moscow Times.


? Copyright 2002, The Moscow Times. All Rights Reserved.

----------------------------------------------------
>> KATRINA WATCH...
http://thenation.com/edcut/index.mhtml?bid=7

Tax Cheats

02/13/2004 @ 3:41pm [permalink]
E-mail this Post
We all know that Halliburton is gouging taxpayers--according to the Pentagon, Vice President Cheney's old company overcharged the US government by as much as $61 million for fuel in Iraq. But now we learn that more than 27,000 military contractors, or about one in nine, are evading taxes and still continuing to win new government business.
According to the General Accounting Office, these tax cheats owed an estimated $3 billion at the end of 2002, mainly in Social Security and other payroll taxes, including Medicare, that were diverted for business or personal use instead of being sent to the government. (Lesser amounts were owed in income taxes).
In one 2002 case, the New York Times reports, a company providing dining, security and custodial services to military bases received $3.5 million in payments from the Defense Department despite owing almost $10 million to the government. (Shockingly, the GAO estimated that the Defense Department could have collected $100 million in 2002 by offsetting payments to delinquent companies still on its payroll.)
The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations has scheduled a hearing this Thursday to look into what committee chair Norm Coleman calls "an outrageous situation." At present, federal law does not bar contractors with unpaid federal taxes from obtaining new government contracts. (The GAO has recommended policy options for barring contracts to those who abuse the federal tax system.)
At a time when $200 million would purchase enough ceramic body armor--the kind that usually works, the kind the Pentagon wouldn't splurge for--to protect almost 150,000 GIs in Iraq, Republicans and Democrats should demand that these tax cheats pay up.

-------------------------------------------------------

>> LEFT WING WATCH...

This article can be found on the web at
http://www.thenation.com/doc.mhtml?i=20040301&s=schell

Letter From Ground Zero
by JONATHAN SCHELL
[from the March 1, 2004 issue]
John Kerry has been twice a hero. First, as a soldier in Vietnam, he displayed extraordinary physical courage, winning the Silver Star, the Bronze Star and three Purple Hearts. Once, injured and under heavy fire, he turned back his river boat to rescue a wounded comrade, who now credits Kerry with saving his life. Second, displaying civil courage at home equal to his physical courage in battle, he embarked on a campaign of protest against the war in which he had fought, becoming a spokesperson for Vietnam Veterans Against the War. In 1971, the VVAW camped out on the Mall in Washington. President Nixon's Justice Department then sought and obtained a court injunction forbidding the groups from using the Mall. Immediately and spontaneously, the veterans, as if re-enacting the American Revolution, assembled in caucuses by state to deliberate and vote--and so created, at the symbolic center of the Republic, a kind of instant, ideal mini-republic of their own. They decided to defy the injunction and appeal their case to the Supreme Court, which reversed the lower court decision and permitted the protest to continue.
Kerry's subsequent words in testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on April 23, 1971, still have the power to startle, in our time of general disorientation and muted speech, with their brave candor. He described the wrong done to the Vietnam veterans but did not fail also to discuss the wrongs they had committed. "I would like," he said, "to talk on behalf of all those veterans and say that several months ago in Detroit we had an investigation at which over 150 honorably discharged, and many very highly decorated, veterans testified to war crimes committed in Southeast Asia. These were not isolated incidents but crimes committed on a day-to-day basis with the full awareness of officers at all levels of command.... They told stories that at times they had personally raped, cut off ears, cut off heads, taped wires from portable telephones to human genitals and turned up the power, cut off limbs, blown up bodies, randomly shot at civilians, razed villages in a fashion reminiscent of Genghis Khan, shot cattle and dogs for fun, poisoned food stocks and generally ravaged the countryside of South Vietnam in addition to the normal ravage of war and the normal and very particular ravaging which is done by the applied bombing power of this country." He added, "We call this investigation the Winter Soldier Investigation"--invoking Thomas Paine's description of the soldiers at Valley Forge. And he said, referring to the policy that had led to these crimes, "How do you ask a man to be the last man to die for a mistake?"
More than two decades later, Kerry made a decision that in the view of many observers failed to demonstrate the heroism of these earlier actions: On October 11, 2002, he voted, as did every other Democratic legislator with presidential ambitions but one--Representative Dennis Kucinich--to license George W. Bush to go to war against Iraq if he saw fit. Yet soon after the vote it turned out that the temper of the Democratic primary voters was antiwar, even angrily so, and Governor Howard Dean, who had opposed the war from the beginning, began his climb in the polls and became the generally acknowledged front-runner for the Democratic nomination. Kerry, previously considered the front-runner by many in the press, appeared to watch his longstanding presidential ambitions go down the drain. But then, in the Iowa caucuses and the New Hampshire primary, came the remarkable reversal of fortune in which Democratic voters, inspired by an almost palpable resolve to defeat Bush in the fall, switched their allegiance from the fiery Dean to the more phlegmatic and "electable" war hero Kerry, who soon won his long string of primary victories. In a peculiar act of political transplantation, the voters, energized by Dean, seemed by this switch to want to infuse the spirit of Dean into the body of Kerry, who then, Lazarus-like, came to life both as a person and as a candidate.
Left pending in all this maneuvering by ordinary citizens, however, was the question of Kerry's position on the war. Had our warrior-protester, now in pursuit of the presidency, sacrificed principle for ambition by voting for the Iraq war? Had the winter soldier abandoned his post? Had he by his vote asked American soldiers to die for a mistake? Only the Searcher of Hearts can know for sure. Kerry himself asserts that his vote to enable the war was a vote of conscience. What the rest of us can see, however, is that ever since his vote he has trapped himself in a morass--a little quagmire in its own right--of self-contradictory, equivocating, evasive, incomplete, unconvincing explanations of his stand.
Kerry has often said his position has been consistent, and this is true in the sense that he has said the same thing over and over. But it is in part precisely in this rigidity that the problem lies. Kerry voted for the war, he said at the time, because he believed that Saddam Hussein possessed weapons of mass destruction and must be disarmed. He favored "regime change" but did not regard it as a justification for war. He rejected the allegation of Iraqi ties with Al Qaeda as unproven. "Let me be clear," he said in his Senate speech announcing his vote for the war resolution. "The vote I will give the President is for one reason and one reason only: to disarm Iraq of weapons of mass destruction, if we cannot accomplish that objective through new, tough weapons inspections in joint concert with our allies." He lengthily detailed the intelligence findings he had seen, concluding, "These weapons represent an unacceptable threat." Disturbingly, he did not address the constitutional problem raised by the fact that, as his Massachusetts colleague Ted Kennedy said, "The most solemn responsibility any Congress has is the responsibility given the Congress by the Constitution to declare war." Therefore, "we would violate that responsibility if we delegate that responsibility to the President in advance before the President himself has decided the time has come for war."
The measure was the only substantive one that Kerry or any senator would pass before the war, yet Kerry claimed to believe that his vote was conditioned on fulfillment of "promises" that the Administration had made. The promises were to exhaust all diplomatic possibilities before going to war and thereby to assemble a large international coalition to fight the war and help run Iraq when the war was over. Indeed, so great was his faith in these promises that he would later claim of himself and his fellow Democrats, "Nobody on our side voted for the war." What did they vote for, then? "We needed the legitimate threat of [war] to get our inspectors into Iraq." Kerry voted, it seems, for inspectors, not war. He and all of us got war.
Kerry's entire argument against the Administration therefore is not that it waged a mistaken war but that it waged a necessary war in the wrong way. Several interviewers have pushed him hard to explain his position. In August Tim Russert, on Meet the Press, noted that he was accusing the President of having "misled" the country and commented that this did not sound like someone who supported the war. Kerry disagreed. "Wrong," he said. "I supported the notion that we must as a country hold Saddam Hussein accountable for what he was doing." Only the conduct of the war bothered him. "And so I'm running because I'm angry at the mismanagement of how we worked with our colleagues in the world and how we, in fact, have conducted the war."
Russert proceeded to the key question: "No regret over your vote?" To which Kerry, dodging the question, answered, "My regret is that the President of the United States didn't do what he had said he would do"--namely go to war only when diplomacy was exhausted and allies were on board.
"Were you misled by the intelligence agencies?" Russert asked shortly.
Kerry wavered: "No, we weren't--I don't know whether we were lied to. I don't know whether they had the most colossal intelligence failure in history."
Chris Matthews of Hardball tried again in October. "Were we right to go to Iraq?" he asked.
"Not the way the President did it," answered Kerry.
Matthews pushed: Some other way, then? Would Kerry have gone to war if France--the symbol of the recalcitrant international community--had agreed? Kerry retreated as usual into generalities: "I would do whatever is necessary to protect the security of the United States."
Missing in all these responses and others Kerry has given is the answer to a simple, fair, necessary question--the one Kerry answered so memorably in regard to the Vietnam War: Was the war in Iraq a mistake? Disarming Saddam had been Kerry's only reason for going to war. If Saddam had no weapons of mass destruction, then wasn't the war a mistake, and wasn't a vote to authorize it a mistake, and hadn't he made that mistake? And wouldn't American soldiers (now totaling more than 500) as well as Iraqis (in their uncounted thousands) be once again dying for a mistake?
But--I can hear some readers asking--why talk about the past? Why jeopardize the famous "electability" that Kerry (whether intending to or not) acquired by voting for the war and turn the likely Democratic candidate (now ahead of George Bush in certain polls) into an antiwar man, "another McGovern"? Those risks are real, but so is the gain. For one thing, the issue of the war will not disappear even if, as seems likely, Dean fails to win the nomination. On the contrary, it is likely to grow in importance as the absence of weapons of mass destruction sinks in with the public and disorder in Iraq mounts. The essence of democracy is accountability. Kerry knows it. Of the President, he has rightly said, "George Bush needs to take responsibility for his actions and set the record straight. That's the very least that Americans should be able to expect from the President of the United States. Either he believed Saddam Hussein had chemical weapons--or he didn't. Americans need to be able to trust their President--and they deserve the truth."
They deserve accountability and truth from opposition candidates as well. Someone who is ducking responsibility for his own actions is hardly in a strong position to call someone else to account. The Kay report can even be seen as an opportunity for Kerry. Kerry made a terrible error when, credulously trusting the dubious intelligence proffered by an Administration even then obviously hellbent on war, he voted to authorize that war, but his responsibility is nowhere near as great as that of the President. He might even discover a political dividend. If he were to state that had he known in October 2002 what he knows now about Iraq's weapons program he would not have voted for the resolution, he would immediately win the enthusiasm of the antiwar Democrats, whose passion and resolve, thanks in great measure to Howard Dean, has brought a fighting spirit to the Democratic Party. Nor should he entirely shift blame to the Administration for lying to him. He should hold himself accountable for his own mistake. We need the winter soldier, now more than ever, back at his post.

--------------------------------------

>> BARCODE FOR HUMANS?

This article can be found on the web at
http://www.thenation.com/doc.mhtml?i=20040216&s=garfinkel


The Trouble with RFID
by SIMSON L. GARFINKEL
[posted online on February 3, 2004]
On November 15, fifteen privacy and consumer organizations called for manufacturers to voluntarily hold off on their plans to equip consumer goods with wireless tracking devices. These devices, called Radio Frequency Identification tags, are based on the same technology that lets cars pay E-ZPASS tolls without stopping. The fear of these activists is simple: They're worried that instead of being used to track boots, bluejeans and books, these so-called RFID systems will be used to track us.
RFID isn't a household word today, but within the next few years manufacturers hope to put it into many household products. Last January Gillette announced plans to order 500 million RFID chips from a California manufacturing firm called Alien Technology; Gillette plans to put the tags into packages of its razors and blades so that the high-value consumer goods can be tracked as they move from the factory through distribution and eventually to the store shelf. Last March Benetton announced similar plans to weave RFID tags into its designer clothes; the company reversed itself after a grassroots consumer group launched a worldwide boycott of Benetton products.
As its name implies, RFID systems are based on radio waves. Each tag is equipped with a tiny radio transmitter: When it "hears" a special radio signal from a reader, the tag responds by sending its own unique serial number through the air.
This wireless technology could save American businesses billions of dollars. With RFID readers at the loading docks and on the store shelves, retailers could know precisely how many packages of, say, lipstick had been received and how many had been put on the shelves. And once every product in the store is equipped with an RFID tag, stores might even be able to have an automated checkout: Shoppers could just push their carts through a doorway and have all the items in the cart automatically totaled and charged to the RFID-enabled credit card in their pocket.
Both Wal-Mart and the US military have already told their hundred largest suppliers that cartons and pallets must be equipped with unique RFID tags by January 2005. Meanwhile, MasterCard and American Express have been testing RFID-enabled credit cards. Mobil has been pushing its RFID-based "Speedpass" since 1997. And most high-end cars now come with RFID "immobilizer" circuits that won't let the cars start unless the correct RFID-enabled car key is in the ignition.
So why did the American Civil Liberties Union, the Electronic Frontier Foundation, The World Privacy Forum and a dozen other organizations ask for a voluntary moratorium on RFID technology in consumer goods? Because this use of RFID could enable an omnipresent police surveillance state, it could erode further what's left of consumer privacy and it could make identity theft even easier than it has already become.
RFID is such a potentially dangerous technology because RFID chips can be embedded into products and clothing and covertly read without our knowledge. A small tag embedded into the heel of a shoe or the inseam of a leather jacket for inventory control could be activated every time the customer entered or left the store where the item was bought; that tag could also be read by any other business or government agency that has installed a compatible reader. Unlike today's antitheft tags, every RFID chip has a unique serial number. This means that stores could track each customer's comings and goings. Those readers could also register the RFID tags that we're already carrying in our car keys and the "prox cards" that some office buildings use instead of keys.
The problem here is that RFID tags can be read through your wallet, handbag, or clothing. It's not hard to build a system that automatically reads the proximity cards, the keychain RFID "immobilizer" chips, or other RFID-enabled devices of every person who enters a store. A store could build a list of every window shopper or person who walks through the front door by reading these tags and then looking up their owners' identities in a centralized database. No such database exists today, but one could easily be built.
Indeed, such warnings might once have been dismissed as mere fear-mongering. But in today's post-9/11 world, in which the US government has already announced its plans to fingerprint and photograph foreign visitors to our country, RFID sounds like a technology that could easily be seized upon by the Homeland Security Department in the so-called "war on terrorism." But such a system wouldn't just track suspected Al Qaeda terrorists: it would necessarily track everybody--at least potentially.
Despite these fears, the privacy activists aren't saying that RFID technology should be abandoned. As it is, the technology is already in broad use currently for the tracking of pharmaceuticals (and the elimination of dangerous drug counterfeits), for tracking shipments of meat (so that contaminated batches can be rapidly identified and destroyed) and even for tracking manufactured goods to deter theft and assist in inventory control.
But companies that are pushing RFID tags into our lives should adopt rules of conduct: There should be an absolute ban on hidden tags and covert readers. Tags should be "killed" when products are sold to consumers. And this technology should never be used to secretly unmask the identity of people who wish to remain anonymous.
I was proud to be one of the people endorsing the position statement on the use of RFID in consumer products. If companies do not voluntarily abide by these principles, we should push to have them incorporated into the laws that protect our privacy rights at the state and federal level.


Posted by maximpost at 10:26 PM EST
Permalink

>> AL-WALEED WATCH CONTINUED....


Prince Al-Waleed receives Tunisian Ambassador to Saudi Arabia
Saudi Prince Al-Waleed Bin Talal Bin AbdulAziz Al-Saud, chairman of Kingdom Holding Company, received in his office in Riyadh, the Tunisian Ambassador to Saudi Arabia Salaheddine Maawi.

Several topics that concern Saudi Arabia and Tunisia were discussed during the meeting. Prince Al-Waleed and the ambassador reviewed the latest regional and international developments and the financial and political situation in Tunisia.

Ambassador Maawi presented to Prince Al-Waleed a letter from the Tunisian President Zein Al-Abideen Bin Ali thanking the Prince for his last visit to Tunisia to attend the opening of the Al-Abideen Mosque in Carthage, and for his generous donation of four million dollars for the completion of the project. The ambassador also presented a mini-replica of the Al-Abideen Mosque as a token of appreciation from the government and people of Tunisia.

Prince Al-Waleed, on his part, confirmed to the ambassador the strong relations between Saudi Arabia and Tunisia, referring to Tunisia as his second country. The Prince added that his friendship with the Tunisian President, whom he met several times in the past few years is an extension to the ideal diplomatic relationship between both countries. -- (menareport.com)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Saudi authorities arrest ''terrorist'' east of capital
Saudi security authorities arrested a wanted man at Al-Salam suburb east of Riyadh, according to a ?Wednesday report. ?

Al-Jazeera reported that after receiving the information required, security officials intensified their presence, cordoned off the Al-Salam suburb and ?
?arrested the wanted "terrorist" without any resistance or shooting.?(Albawaba.com)
?
-------------------------------------------------------------
Official: Investment in Saudi Eastern Province is booming
Saudi Arabia's Eastern province is experiencing an industry boom, according to Minister of Trade, Hashim A. Yamani. Close to 40 new Dammam project licenses have already been issued this year, the majority of which are petrochemical support ventures, reported Arab News.

Business experts predict that the liberalization policy adopted by the Kingdom will yield positive results with many foreign investors showing keenness to join their Saudi counterparts in setting up new joint ventures, particularly in the petrochemical sector. -- (menareport.com)
--------------------------------------------------------------
Saudi army chief receives South Korean counterpart
Saudi Arabia's Deputy Chief of the General Staff General Sultan Al-Mutairi received in Riyadh Wednesday the South Korean Chief of the General Staff, General Nam Jae John, according to the official Saudi Press Agency.

The agency reported that during the reception, the two officials exchanged cordial talks and discussed topics of joint concern. No further details were provided. (Albawaba.com)

Posted by maximpost at 10:23 PM EST
Permalink
Monday, 16 February 2004

Testing the Saudi "Will to Power": Challenges Confronting Prince Abdallah
http://www.mepc.org/public_asp/journal_vol10/0312_kechichian.asp
Joseph A. Kechichian

Dr. Kechichian is the author of Succession in Saudi Arabia (New York: Palgrave, 2001) and (Beirut and London: Dar Al Saqi, 2002 [in Arabic]); and co-author, with R. Hrair Dekmejian, of The Just Prince: A Manual of Leadership (London: Saqi Books, 2003), which includes a full translation of the Sulwan al-Muta by Muhammad Ibn Zafar al-Siqilli. For a printable pdf version of this article, click here.

If the Al Saud faced the wrath of extremist elements in November 1979, when the Makkah Mosque was occupied for three long weeks by hundreds of neo-Ikhwan supporters, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia faced a double rage in 2003. Riyadh confronted the fury of Western authorities in the aftermath of the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks on American soil and, after the May 12, 2003, terrorist bombings, the vengeance of radical Islamists at home. Although surrounded by a very large retinue, the heir apparent and regent, Abdallah bin Abd al-Aziz, faced these challenges more or less alone. Epoch-making changes have unfolded on his watch, and how he "guides" them will probably mark the fate of the kingdom and the Al Saud for at least a generation. What confronts the affable Abdallah, much like what faced his half-brother the late King Faysal bin Abd al-Aziz in the early 1960s, is a test of will. How he responds to accusations that Saudi Arabia supported terrorist activities throughout the Muslim world and how successfully he introduces sorely needed sociopolitical reforms, will surely shape the kingdom's immediate future. Yet, much like his older brother, who saved the Al Saud dynasty in 1964, Abdallah may well restore the ruling family's tarnished image in the West as well as reinstate its influence throughout the Muslim world.1

THE 9/11 WRATH
According to the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), 15 of the hijackers believed to have taken part in the coordinated suicide missions on September 11, 2001, were Saudi nationals. This claim was quickly disputed by Interior Minister Nayif bin Abd al-Aziz, and at least two Saudis whose names were on the FBI's initial terrorist tally sheets received official apologies from Washington. Others were less fortunate because undeniable facts pointing to the active participation of several Saudi nationals soon emerged. Dozens were held and questioned for long periods of time, even if the main designated culprit, Osama bin Laden (who was stripped of his Saudi citizenship in 1994), was unaccounted for in late 2003. The relentless bombardment of Afghanistan from October 7, 2001, onwards may well have dismantled bin Laden's al-Qaeda network, but it failed to produce the hermit or the Taliban regime's self-declared leader, Mullah Omar. Likewise, the American decision to remove the Baathist regime in Baghdad, allegedly because Iraqi weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) represented an "imminent threat" to the security of the United States (as well as to that of its junior partner, Britain), added pressure on Saudi Arabia to follow the American-British "logic," even if conclusive evidence was lacking several months after Saddam Hussein was toppled on March 9, 2003.

For much of the past two years, senior U.S. officials have voiced their general displeasure with Saudi Arabia, even if most were aware of how critical the kingdom remained to U.S. national security. Simply stated, Riyadh controls 25 percent of the world's proven oil reserves, a truism that did not alter the undeniable fact that U.S.-Saudi relations were severely bruised because of the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. The kingdom's reputation was further damaged after a U.S. Congressional Report implied that Riyadh played a role in the attacks.2 Washington deleted a substantial section detailing alleged Saudi complicity, and, while Riyadh made a bid to have these sections made public, it was unsuccessful. In fact, it is now clear that no amount of diplomatic finesse will likely eliminate the mistrust on either side that, unless carefully managed, could generate new clashes. Although U.S. government officials measured their criticisms of Saudi Arabia, its Wahhabi creed and Islam in general, gratuitous remarks abounded in the media and the instant-analysis industry.

Laurent Murawiec, a RAND Corporation analyst specializing in the kingdom, briefed the powerful Defense Policy Board at the Pentagon in July 2002, describing Saudi Arabia as "the kernel of evil, the prime mover, the most dangerous opponent" in the Middle East.3 Murawiec labeled Saudi Arabia an "enemy" of the United States and reportedly argued in his briefing that the United States should demand Riyadh end all funding of fundamentalist groups, stop all anti-U.S. and anti-Israeli statements in the kingdom, and "prosecute or isolate those involved in the terror chain," including in the Saudi intelligence services. If the Saudis refused to comply, the briefing emphasized, Saudi oil fields and overseas financial assets should be "targeted," although specifics were not outlined. The Saudis, maintained the analyst, were active "at every level of the terror chain" and, clearly, needed to be reminded of their limitations.4

Others identified the kingdom's religious beliefs as defective, going so far as to declare that "Wahhabism has been a movement of total intolerance toward those who did not adopt its principles, including other Muslims."5 For Americans who considered Saudi Arabia as Washington's "anchor in the Arab Middle East [that] banked our oil under its sand," a frontal assault was necessary to tame Saudis who had strayed.6 Instantaneously, the primary focus centered on the kingdom's education system, which purportedly taught nothing but hatred, especially hatred of the United States.7 When religion and education were discussed in tandem, the resulting assessments bordered on the highly subjective, a litany of emotional sermons.8

The sum total of such negative publicity fundamentally altered American public opinion of the kingdom. On February 26, 2002, The Washington Post reported that 54 percent of Americans viewed Saudi Arabia as a state supporting terrorism, compared with a mere 35 percent who had a similar perception of Syria, a country long on the State Department's "Terrorism List."9 This general view remained constant for the balance of the year and, after the spring 2003 American-British war on Iraq, anti-Saudi perceptions solidified.10 A less charitable British commentator predicted a total collapse of the long-standing relationship between the United States and Saudi Arabia, as gloom and doom forecasts dominated media as well as scholarly outlets.11

THE WRATH OF MAY 12, 2003
Then on May 12, 2003, powerful bombs ripped through three foreign compounds in Riyadh, killing 34 people, including eight Americans, along with 9 attackers. Another 194 people were wounded. The terrorist bombings stung senior Saudi officials, as most were criticized for doing little to combat militancy in the kingdom and throughout the Muslim world. After this tragedy, Saudi officials displayed unusual openness and determination to confront extremist militants. "Saudi Arabia must deal with the fact it has terrorists inside its own country," White House spokesman Ari Fleischer declared.12 Cautious Saudi commentators and officials quickly concluded that radical elements represented as much of a threat to Saudi Arabia as to the United States. Heir Apparent Abdallah went on national television vowing to "confront the murderous criminals" and their supporters behind the attacks, a very bold statement that expanded the circle by taking on the militants' sympathizers. He pledged to remain "vigilant about security" and "to confront and destroy the threat posed by a deviant few."13 In fact, Saudi newspapers, which are government controlled even if privately owned, carried editorials using unusually harsh language. Most lashed out at extremists who, they posited, used religion to rally misguided and mostly unemployed youths to carry out suicide attacks.14

Within a few days, Saudi Arabia linked a 19-member al-Qaeda team to the carnage, as a direct connection was made between these latest attacks and a May 6, 2003, gunfight between police and al-Qaeda operatives in the same part of Riyadh. According to Saudi authorities, the 19 who escaped included 17 of its nationals, a Yemeni, and an Iraqi with dual Kuwaiti and Canadian citizenship. Interior Minister Nayif declared that they were believed to take orders directly from Osama bin Laden.15 Speaking to the daily Ukaz, Nayif did not rule out the possibility of more attacks: "We must not sit back and say this will not happen," he said. "This is life, and incidents occur in every country and we are in a period of anxiety and terror acts. The kingdom is one of the countries being targeted."16

By late 2003, Riyadh successfully apprehended most of those on its initial list of al-Qaeda suspects, and then some. Dozens were hunted down and hundreds were arrested. Heir apparent Abdallah's pledge that he would go after terrorists with a vengeance, proved true. Various sweeps in Riyadh but also in Makkah, Madinah, Abha and elsewhere throughout the kingdom netted potential terrorists who stood accused of collaborating with al-Qaeda. Equally important, several hundred clerics were fired from their highly visible posts and, according to an official spokesman, Riyadh actually suspended many preachers for allegedly promoting hatred and intolerance.17

WHAT AILED THE KINGDOM
The firing of several hundred clerics from their state-appointed posts and the "retraining" of many others in special religious schools illustrated what ailed the kingdom. Indeed, much of what hurt Saudi society may well be traced to its complex socioeconomic makeup and the myriad problems it has helped create since 1932.18 Although the Al Saud did not face an imminent risk of instability, they entered the twenty-first century in the midst of significant political, social, economic and military transitions.

Political transitions
The most critical internal transition facing the Al Saud in 2003 was the question of who might succeed a frail King Fahd. In fact, Riyadh was likely to have a non-Sudayri at the helm, in the person of Heir Apparent Abdallah. That is, a son of King Abdul Aziz whose mother was not a member of the Sudayri family. Almost inevitably, this has raised a succession question among policy makers, focusing attention on how the Saudi regime might change under his rule and whether there might be significant shifts in Saudi foreign and domestic policies. Irrespective of how this transition develops, Abdallah's accession to the throne seems assured (assuming good health), even if the number-two post "promised" to Defense Minister Sultan bin Abd al-Aziz has not been etched in stone. Questions of this forthcoming succession aside, Saudi Arabia could face a political crisis, once the winnowing of senior Al Saud family members accelerates.19

Abdallah, who assumed authority to run the day-to-day affairs of the kingdom in December 1995, when King Fahd bin Abd al-Aziz suffered a debilitating stroke, was sensitive to this central question. Although he became regent in 2000, the heir apparent probably represents a minority voice within the ruling family. Defense Minister Sultan and several of his full brothers, the so-called Sudayris, tend to be far more conservative. They also reject any changes in the alliance that stands at the center of the family's legitimacy in the eyes of the religious establishment. It may thus be safe to assume that while Fahd is alive, even if barely, Abdallah cannot rely on the full complement of brotherly support that he desperately needs to solidify his position. Needless to say, such support is critical if one is simultaneously to accede to rulership, win a war against terrorism, and -- no small feat -- introduce social, economic and political reforms.

Another important transition was earmarked for the Majlis al-Shura (Consultative Council), which was enlarged to 120 members at the end of May 2001, as it was called upon to offer genuine advice rather than rubber stamp government policy. Observers of the kingdom's political scene perceived the expanded Council as a way for technocrats to enter government service rather than act as real parliamentarians.20 Nevertheless, Riyadh sought to empower the institution, even if it hesitated. "We need political reform first of all. Parliament has to have the right to hold government to account," insisted Talal bin Abd al-Aziz, a half-brother of the custodian of the two holy mosques, to Reuters in early July 2003.21

Talal, never the shy royal, went even further in his assessment of what ailed the kingdom. "So far the intellectuals agree on the unity of the Kingdom, that we should have an Islamic Shari'ah law but an enlightened version, and that we retain the royal family but with reform." These were powerful words that could only be voiced after being vetted with the country's senior leaders. What Talal and, through him, Heir Apparent Abdallah were clearly seeking was to curtail the immense power of the religious establishment. Moreover, what the regent sought was to institute substantial reforms to overcome whatever political problems Saudi society may have to face, including terrorism, to ensure Al Saud rule. Talal was specific in his criticism of the religious police, and he called on the government to rein in the Committee for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice, known as the mutawwain or "enforcers," a semi-independent institution created and supervised by the ruling family. According to this logic, the enforcers would no longer have free license to arrest at will but would be accountable to the police. "If," clarified Talal, enforcers of public morality "see violations, it is not they who should take action; they should just tell the police."22 Few Saudis and even fewer members of the Al Saud had ever spoken with such clarity of purpose on a topic this sensitive.

The call to further institutionalize religious activities was not limited to members of the ruling family. Shaykh Abd al-Aziz bin Abdallah Al Shaykh, the kingdom's grand mufti and chairman of the Council of Senior Ulama [religious scholars], declared in May 2003 that "terrorism ha[d] nothing to do with Islam [and that] Islam should not be blamed for the acts of other people." "People," underscored the learned scholar, "should be held responsible individually for their own acts." In August 2003, Al Shaykh cautioned believers to abandon extremism and fanaticism, emphasizing that "Muslims must understand that the path of reform never comes through violence. Islam is not a religion of violence. It is a religion of mercy for everyone."23 Speaking in Makkah in early September 2003, he further indicated that Friday sermons should address the interests of the entire Muslim community.24 For his part, the minister of Islamic Endowments, Dawa, Awqaf and Guidance Affairs, Shaykh Salih bin Abd al-Aziz Al Shaykh, cautioned Saudi youth to remain vigilant about religious and political deviations. Shaykh Salih called on Saudis to oppose hatred in all its forms and pledged to allocate a larger portion of his ministry's resources to programs that will propagate truth.25

Needless to say, such a global perspective required coordination and, more important, cooperation among religious authorities, who would have to accept a certain degree of uniformity. Yet, and it may be worth underscoring, the kingdom's religious figures would neither utter such declarations nor embark on radical approaches were it not for the heir apparent's specific instructions. In fact, Abdallah's outlook on religious tolerance was changing so quickly that, at the end of his historic September 2003 visit to Russia, he called on Muslims and Christians in that country to preserve "social harmony." Receiving members of the Russian Orthodox Church, he forcefully declared that Russians were capable of opposing evil that sought to separate or harm their respective religions.26 At a time when Saudis were accused of doing little to promote concord among various religious communities, Abdallah was certain that Russian Muslims and Christians were capable of preventing divisions. Although this statement was meant to be supportive of Russia's estimated 20 million Muslims, it also reflected the heir apparent's desire for tolerance among all believers. By making such a statement in Moscow, Abdallah further cautioned radical Islamists at home, insisting that extremism and intolerance would not be condoned.

Economic transitions
Abdallah faced equally daunting challenges on the economic front that pre-occupied him far more than generally assumed. He realized that the kingdom's estimated 30-percent unemployment rate stood as a stark reminder of past failures. Unless major economic reforms were implemented, and sooner than many wished, Riyadh could not hope to emerge out of its sociopolitical doldrums.

In 1973, before the beginning of the infamous oil boom, Saudi Arabia had a population of roughly 6.8 million. It grew to 15.8 million by 1990 and 22 million by 2000. It is currently projected to reach 25.8 million in 2005 and over 30 million in 2010. At an annual growth rate of 3.7 percent, the Saudi population will have nearly doubled between 1990 and 2010. The World Bank forecasts that Saudi Arabia's population will grow by about 3.3 percent per year over the next few years. As a result, even conservative estimates project a total Saudi population approaching 30 million in 2010. This will add substantial pressures on Riyadh.27 What the kingdom's demographic data clearly illustrate is that Saudi Arabia is a very young country ruled by old men. Abdallah, who is 80, must therefore rule with a young heart if he is to address the concerns of his people.

Similarly, in 1973, Riyadh's gross domestic product (GDP) stood at less than 100 billion riyals (approximately $35 billion), and per capita income was less than $2,500. The economy was largely rural and pre-industrial. By 2002, however, the Saudi GDP rose to 700 billion riyals (approximately $200 billion) with per capita income hovering around $9,000 (having peaked at $15,000 in 1981). These figures indicated that a largely agricultural entity had slowly become a heavily urbanized welfare state with a significant service sector. Yet, because of dramatic transitions, Saudi Arabia faced a critical threat to the welfare state it created after 1974, especially because the anticipated population growth was not matched by liberalized economic policies. Clearly, oil income alone would not -- and will not -- offset a steady drop in per capita income, as Riyadh encourages rapid diversification and prepares for the day when many subsidies, a significant drain on its unbalanced budgets, are permanently removed.28

To some extent, these changes explained why Heir Apparent Abdallah continued his efforts to seek major reforms in the Saudi economy, to reduce dependence on foreign labor, encourage private domestic and foreign investment, and open up the nation's economy to help make it globally competitive (as well as qualify for membership in the World Trade Organization). In fact, the need for substantial foreign investment, especially in the oil and gas industries, was deemed a priority. Towards that end, Abdallah invited leading oil-industry titans to return to the kingdom, even if no agreement had been reached by the fall of 2003.29 The heir apparent understood that Saudi Arabia remained far too heavily dependent on oil revenues (for around 90 percent of total export earnings, about 70 percent of state revenues and 40 percent of GDP), despite repeated attempts to diversify. Still, without high oil prices, Riyadh was poised to face budget and investment problems, the major challenge on this front being whether Abdallah could fund both entitlements and development programs simultaneously.30

Military transitions
The kingdom's military transition was even more complicated. Despite large defense expenditures and vast programs to absorb Western military hardware, the Saudi military remained relatively weak against its opponents, chiefly because Riyadh lacked the minimum manpower required to defend Saudi Arabia. Pressure on the Al Saud to form a capable fighting force increased after the 1991 war for Kuwait, not only because of the country's small population base, but also because able-bodied Saudi men have in large part stayed outside the military, essentially to manage businesses. To compensate for chronic manpower shortages among the kingdom's population, the Al Saud have now opened military service to various tribal elements, in order to maintain the armed forces at a reasonable level. Tribal and cultural aversions, combined with a lack of technical education, have severely limited Riyadh's ability to raise an efficient force, one capable of using its sophisticated weapons without massive and unabated outside assistance. In this instance as well, Heir Apparent Abdallah encouraged a different approach.31

If the Al Saud mistrusted their military before 1990, the Iraqi invasion and occupation of Kuwait and the 2003 war in Iraq have dramatically altered their assessments. Although Riyadh spent some $18 to $22 billion annually on defense during the past decade, new financial austerity measures were implemented after 2000. To be sure, Saudi Arabia signed new arms agreements, but these paled in comparison to what was purchased earlier.32 What preoccupied Al Saud officials in 2003 were the preparedness levels of many units rather than the latest sophisticated equipment. Even the Royal Saudi Air Force, certainly the crown jewel of the Saudi military, faced austerity measures.33

Abdallah insisted that the military prove itself and, in so far as it may be possible, rely less on outsiders for training and maintenance. The heir apparent maintained the longstanding cooperation accords with the United States, which allowed the latter's Special Operations Forces to operate out of key Saudi bases during the attack on Iraq but simultaneously welcomed Washington s decision to redeploy a U.S. Air Force Wing out of Sultan Air Base at Al Kharj in the summer of 2003.34 Abdallah understood that his "will" and massive military expenditures notwithstanding, such austerity measures were absolutely necessary, as he concentrated on internal and regional disturbances.

THE DOMESTIC WAR ON TERRORISM
Critics of the heir apparent view his pledges and limited actions to date with skepticism. Many have concluded that Abdallah is window dressing and that there is little substance to his promises. Yet significant changes have already taken place, and, while hardened perceptions are difficult to dissipate, the desire to reform while conducting a full-fledged war on terrorism is genuine. To be sure, some diehard Al Saud members may have little interest in introducing modernizing features, but the regent has probably crossed the Rubicon. There is no going back, even if Abdallah knows all too well that there are few "liberals" throughout the kingdom that stand ready to support him in his many endeavors.

Internally, Riyadh now faces the prospect of sustained turbulence, even if not all of the countrys difficulties are socioeconomic. As the demographic bulge cited above illustrates, half of the population (which is under the age of 15) will continue to demand increasing political accountability. Moreover, opposition groups link Al Saud policies on the domestic front with Saudi Arabia's standing at the international level. Within the Arab world, Riyadh is criticized for paying lip service to the core concern of Palestine and, within the world at large, for kowtowing to American policies. The regent's declaration of war on terrorism must, therefore, be assessed within these parameters. At stake is Al Saud rule itself.

Although the tragedy of September 11, 2001, dramatically altered Abdallah's perceptions of the war on terrorism, the fact remained that the Bush administration had squandered several peacemaking opportunities during its first year in office. At the height of the Palestinian intifada Abdallah was dismayed by how callous the new president was towards the Palestinians. According to The Washington Post, the regent drafted a 25-page letter to President George W. Bush in late August 2001, in which he vociferously complained about U.S. policy on Israel. Abdallah noted that repeated American vetoes at the U.N. Security Council illustrated this bias.35 In fact, Arab and especially Saudi perceptions were so negative that the heir apparent turned down an invitation to visit Washington in June 2001. Interior Minister Nayif, for his part, regretted that Washington came at the top of the list of countries that have an unfair stance as regards the cause of the Arabs and the Palestinians in particular.36

Whether the letter and such comments were meant to assuage a growing anti-American sentiment throughout the Arab world -- in fact, throughout the Muslim world -- was difficult to determine.37 What was irrefutable, however, was Heir Apparent Abdallah's frustration with U.S. Middle East policy. When Abdallah turned down the invitation to visit Washington, he announced that Riyadh must abide by principled stands on behalf of Palestinians. He voiced his bewilderment at international inaction while visiting several European capitals. He insisted that Israeli violence was a kind of "state terrorism," highlighting the dangers associated with Israel's aggressive retaliatory measures, along with confiscating land, building settlements and laying economic siege to an entire captive population. The heir apparent called for a more balanced U.S. position to better protect vital American interests throughout the region.38 Riyadh's unrelenting criticism of Washington necessitated an intervention by George H.W. Bush (who nurtured special contacts with senior Al Saud figures during his own political career). The former president telephoned Abdallah in June 2001 to reassure the Saudi that his son was "going to do the right thing." He reportedly confided to Abdallah that his son's heart was "in the right place" as far as the conflict between the Palestinians and Israel was concerned.39

Such assurances notwithstanding, Al Saud rulers were not overjoyed by the U.S. decision to limit its direct involvement in the peace process, as Washington argued that it was up to the two parties to resolve long-standing differences. It may well be that Abdallah then took the decision, before September 11, 2001, to reduce the U.S. military presence in Saudi Arabia. In other words, Abdallah had to contend with growing anti-U.S. sentiment across the kingdom, directly related to developments elsewhere in the Middle East. While the Al Saud have never allowed the Arab-Israeli conflict to infringe on their special relationship with successive American administrations, Abdallah and several other senior ruling-family members were finally reconsidering whether existing strategic ties could proceed as in the past.

Saudi Arabia then embarked on a major peace initiative to collectively commit the entire Arab world to normalizing relations with Israel in exchange for the establishment of an independent Palestinian state. It was probably designed with full American blessings.40 The fanfare that preceded the plan's formal unveiling at the League of Arab States Beirut Summit bordered on the comical.41 It was entirely possible that the United States sought Saudi assistance -- through the kingdom's religious clout within the larger Muslim world -- to advocate an acceptance of Israel. Riyadh, for its part, was eager to ingratiate itself with Washington in a full-fledged rehabilitation effort. Yet, although the Saudi plan was unanimously adopted by the League on March 28, 2002, Israeli "conditions" ensured its premature death.42 When, a few months later, Washington turned to its latest peace initiative, the so-called Roadmap (which was also derailed), Saudi Arabia's role was significantly marginalized. Although Abdallah s initiative flopped, the heir apparent had taken a calculated risk in Beirut when he promoted inter-Arab reconciliation, including a thaw in Iraqi-Kuwaiti and Iraqi-Saudi ties.

These significant measures were followed by a major rapprochement effort with the Bush administration in April 2002. The Saudi regent visited Crawford, Texas, where he confided his personal views on the Middle East peace process, Afghanistan, Iraq and the war on terrorism. He pleaded for action on the Palestinian-Israeli front and promised to muzzle radical Islamists in the kingdom. By all accounts, the meetings were fairly blunt and did not go as well as many anticipated. The two determined men stood their ground.43

Riyadh then took several practical steps to address intrinsic internal problems ranging from measures to prevent money laundering to ordering banks and other financial institutions to strictly monitor any large transactions. Against a plethora of evidence, Friday sermons throughout the kingdom's mosques stressed the need to combat terrorism, offering support to the coalition to defeat Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda and the Taliban in Afghanistan. The Iraq situation was more delicate, as it necessitated a sophisticated response. In fact, Saudi officials went out of their way to differentiate between Iraq and the Baathist regime. They opposed Saddam Hussein but strongly objected to the economic sanctions that were strangling a hapless population. Equally important, Saudi and Gulf leaders were -- like their own residents -- exposed to television reports from Iraq that displayed the horrible impact that sanctions had visited on the Iraqi public.44 Consequently, the flood of anti-American sentiment increased; pro-American Saudi elites were not able to stem the tide.

Throughout the kingdom, sermons routinely raised these critical nuances. Even if some preachers warned against "unmeasured" responses, radical clerics routinely issued critical statements on the American wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Abdallah, for his part, knew that his decision to crack down on Islamists would actually increase their popularity within the kingdom.45 Even before the polarizing debate over Iraq, leading Saudi clerics openly challenged Riyadh to distance itself from the West in general and the United States in particular. Shaykh Hammud Al-Shuaybi of Burayda, for example, wrote that "helping the infidels against Muslims is defecting from Islam," and that "whoever helps America and its fellow infidels against our brothers in Afghanistan is an apostate."46 Another Saudi cleric, Shaykh Abd al-Aziz bin Salih al-Jarbu, penned a fiery pamphlet that concluded that Osama bin Laden was Muhammad bin Abd al-Wahhab's natural inheritor.47 This was a clear affront to the Al Saud.

Not surprisingly, and in the aftermath of the American-British attacks on Iraq, the fiery radical Islamist message increased once again, escalating into armed confrontation. By the time the May 12, 2003, terrorist attacks hit the capital, Riyadh was embarked on a full-fledged internal war against radical Islamists.

These facts, as well as the overall criticism of the ruling family, riled the Saudi government because they struck at the very heart of its claim to legitimacy. Moreover, such arguments echoed Osama bin Laden's view of the ruling dynasty as too doctrinaire, too corrupt and too un-Islamic to rule. From an internal Saudi perspective, what the suicide bombings revealed was the extent to which some Saudis were ready to defy the Al Saud, especially in light of the latter's discreet but sustained support of the United States over the years. The regent's mission was and is to conduct a war on terrorism without appearing to conduct a war on religion. Riyadh certainly favored a public distance between its policies and American demands for more action. It was paramount to ensure that anti-American criticisms did not translate into anti-Al Saud measures.

CONCLUSION
Heir Apparent Abdallah faced several key transitions in 2003. Within the region, these challenges ranged from the removal of the Saddam Hussein regime in Iraq, a major force in Gulf security, to Iran's welcome shift towards political moderation and regional cooperation. While Saudi-Iraqi ties, which had deteriorated throughout 2001 and 2002 due to continued border skirmishes, cannot but improve in the future, diplomatic strains with the United States have continued. Simply stated, the United States is now a Gulf power that shares a border with Saudi Arabia, a reality that weighs heavily in Riyadh. In fact, Washington's regional footprint in Iraq and throughout the Gulf region has changed perceptions that many Saudis had of the United States.

Likewise, while Saudi-Iranian ties were also improving, Riyadh was wary of Tehran's long-term political and military capabilities. Iran no longer played the role of a balancer in the Gulf (vis-?-vis Iraq) but risked a confrontation with the United States. Needless to say, such an outcome was not in Saudi Arabia's interest, as Abdallah did not wish to drag the Gulf region into a fourth war in less than two decades.

If the Saudi heir apparent appreciated Washington's "inclination to seek a just and comprehensive peace," in Iraq, as in Palestine after Mr. Bush vowed to support the establishment of an independent Palestinian state, Saudi Arabia remained suspicions of U.S. motives.48 Abdallah pledged to exert special effort to serve security and stability in the region but wondered whether Washington aimed solely to entice Arabs and Muslims into joining the campaign against terrorism. In his mind, as in the minds of many Arab and Muslim leaders, this duality was illustrated with strong steps in Afghanistan or Iraq and lukewarm, indeed reluctant, ones on the Arab-Israeli front. Nevertheless, even the Al Saud realized that the United States could no longer distance itself too far from obligations of its making, in Iraq for obvious reasons, but also on the peace process, because the Bush administration has committed the United States to supporting the principle of a Palestinian state.

Few doubt that Saudi relations with its erstwhile staunch American ally are now in dire straits. In fact, ties are so strained that Prince Bandar bin Sultan, son of the powerful defense minister and dean of the diplomatic corps in Washington, because of his long-established presence in the American capital, has sought advice from the president's father, as well as from Vice-President Dick Cheney. These urgent meetings were meant to halt the slide in Washington's confidence in Riyadh amid concerns that some Saudis, including some serving in the government, were linked to terrorists who may have targeted the United States. Prince Bandar left nothing to chance. He flew to Kennebunkport, Maine, in late August 2003, before going to Wyoming to meet the vice-president, both to show respect and to seek advice.49

These meetings followed a very strong statement by Richard Armitage, the deputy secretary of state, who declared that terrorists attacking American troops in Iraq "were slipping across the border from Saudi Arabia." Although Riyadh denied the change, and called on the occupying forces to seal their border, the Saudis were dismayed that Armitage and other senior American officials would place Saudi Arabia on the same level with Iran and Syria. Even if an official State Department spokesman insisted that Armitage's comments about the kingdom were "overplayed" and that the deputy secretary "was not trying to lump Saudi Arabia in the same category as Iran," Bandar's visits were telling.50

To be sure, both Washington and Riyadh have managed their numerous differences with aplomb for over 50 years. Whether Saudi Arabia, or for that matter the United States, can afford to place the Al Saud ruling family at risk will be a key strategic question for both countries in 2004. Although some American and some Saudi officials may be fed up with each other's policies, inevitable and tangible progress in the Middle East peace process can only help preserve long-term interests. A modicum of evenhandedness will likely accelerate the process and, equally important, allow Heir Apparent Abdallah to introduce sorely needed economic and political reforms to his kingdom.

For Abdallah is aware that serious internal problems cannot be resolved by fiat. Acknowledging the existence of poverty in the kingdom, disparities between rural areas and urban sprawls, rising unemployment levels, intrinsic structural weaknesses within the economy, as well as unrepresentative government, all necessitated serious action. Much like his older brother, King Faysal bin Abd al-Aziz, the current regent took several key decisions even if most were long overdue. In fact, these were taken to address popular demand and ensure that Al Saud rule was preserved.

Towards that end, in the spring of 2003, Saudi Arabia's first independent human-rights organization was authorized. It held its first major conference on Human Rights in Peace and War in mid-October 2003, when some 70 papers were discussed.51 According to press reports, the conference emphasized the need to adopt common international standards for human rights that respect all religions, cultures and traditions. Significantly, one of the participants, Princess Hussa bint Salman, daughter of the powerful governor of Makkah, addressed Saudi Arabia's stand on human rights and clarified several recent changes in the law.52 Her participation as well as her interventions revealed the importance that the Al Saud have attached to this key question.

Simultaneously, a "National Dialogue Panel" as well as a 30-strong "Saudi Intellectual Dialogue" group emerged. The latter forwarded a series of recommendations to the heir apparent. They called on him to widen freedom of expression, broaden the decision-making process, improve communication lines between rulers and ruled, empower women, accept intellectual diversity within society, and balance economic and commercial development. They also asked the heir apparent to confront extremism by differentiating between terrorism and jihad, while paying more attention to youth concerns. Finally, they pleaded for an accelerated pace for the implementation of ongoing reform programs that recognize the impact of regional and global situations.53 A tall order indeed.

To his credit, Abdallah pushed through the Saudi Cabinet a number of measures that addressed several of these recommendations. In an earthshaking step, the Saudi cabinet announced that it was contemplating elections to choose half of the members of each of 14 municipal councils.54 Riyadh decided to widen participation of citizens in running local affairs through elections within one year.55 While long-overdue elections were perceived as a beginning, an al-Watan columnist in Riyadh hoped that they would lead to elections in the Shura Council, in universities, and [in] the right to form syndicates.56 Still, Foreign Minister Saud al-Faisal insisted that Saudi leaders are not experimenters, and that they are only seeking to do what is the wish of the Saudi citizen.57

Another significant item, which could only have been addressed with the heir apparent's full consent, was the Shura Council debate on Saudi Arabia's naturalization laws. Although the Council could not reach a consensus, discussions were taking place on relaxing citizenship laws for foreigners, especially those who have lived in the kingdom for ten years or more.58 The need to alter existing regulations, including the much-despised sponsorship (kafeel) system, was first raised in public by Prince Abd al-Majeed bin Abd al-Aziz Al Saud, the governor of Makkah. More recently, Shura Council members weighed how to change naturalization rules to narrow geographical gaps and remove differences based on gender, religion and color.59

In national addresses, Heir Apparent Abdallah referred to the need for such genuine debates on a slew of key questions, including tolerance, national unity and reform. As a listener willing and eager to learn from ordinary citizens as well as from intellectuals, Abdallah repeatedly insisted that Riyadh would combat regional, tribal and ideological discord. Much like his brother, the late King Faysal bin Abd al-Aziz, the current heir apparent relished the opportunity to confront the challenges that tested his will.

1 For a discussion of the key 1979 Makkah mosque takeover, see Joseph A. Kechichian, "Islamic Revivalism and Change in Saudi Arabia: Juhayman Al-Utaybi's `Letters' to the Saudi People," The Muslim World, Vol. 70, No. 1, January 1990, pp. 1-16; and, idem., "The Role of the Ulama in the Politics of an Islamic State: The Case of Saudi Arabia," International Journal of Middle East Studies, Vol. 18, No. 1, February 1986, pp. 53-71. For an analysis of the will to power in a contemporary setting, see idem., "Saudi Arabia's Will to Power," Middle East Policy, Vol. 7, No. 2, February 2000, pp. 47-60.
2 S. Rept. No. 107-351, 107th congress, 2d session and H. Rept. No. 107-792, "Joint Inquiry into Intelligence Community Activities Before and After the Terrorist Attacks of September 11, 2001," Washington, DC: U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and U.S. House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, September 2003.
3 Thomas E. Ricks, "Briefing Depicted Saudis as Enemies: Ultimatum Urged To Pentagon Board," The Washington Post, August 6, 2002, p. A1.
4 Jack Shafer, "The Power Point That Rocked the Pentagon: The La Rouche Defector who's Advising the Defense Establishment on Saudi Arabia," August 7, 2002, published online by Slate at http://slate.msn.com/id/2069119/.
5 Dore Gold, Hatred's Kingdom: How Saudi Arabia Supports the New Global Terrorism (Washington, DC: Regnery Publishing, Inc., 2003), p. 12.
6 Robert Baer, Sleeping with the Devil: How Washington Sold Our Soul for Saudi Crude (New York: Crown Publishers, 2003), p. xxvii [emphasis added].
7 A carefully researched and analyzed study of the Saudi education system -- that debunks most of the instant analysis arguments -- is available in Eleanor Abdella Doumato, "Manning the Barricades: Islam According to Saudi Arabia's School Texts," The Middle East Journal, Vol. 57, No. 2, Spring 2003, pp. 230-47.
8 Many anti-Saudi reports are widely available on the Internet. For a more serious assessment, but still in the same "genre," see Stephen Schwartz, The Two Faces of Islam: The House of Saud from Tradition to Terror (New York: Doubleday, 2002).
9 "Saudis Seen As Supporting Terror, Poll Shows," The Washington Post, February 26, 2002, p. 19. The poll, by the Institute for Jewish and Community Research, ranked Saudi Arabia ahead of both North Korea and Syria as a supporter of international terrorism.
10 Lisa Beyer with Scott MacLeod, "Saudi Arabia: Inside the Kingdom," Time, September 15, 2003, pp. 38-51.
11 Paul Michael Wihbey, "The End of the Affair," The Spectator, September 6, 2003, pp. 20-21.
12 Quoted in Donna Abu-Nasr, "Saudis More Open About Recent Attacks," The Associated Press, May 15, 2003.
13 Press Release, "Address to the Nation by Crown Prince Abdullah bin Abdulaziz," Washington, DC: Embassy of Saudi Arabia, May 13, 2003.
14 See, for example, Khalid al-Ghanami, "Al-Insan wal-Watan Ahamun min Ibn Taymiyyah" [The Human Being and the Nation are More Important than Ibn Taymiyyah], Al-Watan, May 22, 2003, p. 6. Al-Watan, which championed the anti-extremist cause, was mired in controversy and suffered significant setbacks when its editor in chief, Jamal A. Khashoggi, was eventually muzzled. See Neil MacFarquhar, "A Saudi Editor who Offended Clerics is Ousted from His Post," The New York Times, May 28, 2003, p. A1. This setback notwithstanding, the assault on extremists was ongoing. See R. Hrair Dekmejian, "The Liberal Impulse in Saudi Arabia," Middle East Journal, Vol. 57, No. 3, Summer 2003, pp. 400-13.
15 "Al-Qaida's Challenge," Mideast Mirror, May 14, 2003, section B.
16 "Interview with Interior Minister Prince Nayif bin Abd al-Aziz," Ukaz, May 14, 2003, p. 1.
17 Press Release, "Statement by Adel Al-Jubeir, Foreign Affairs Advisor to the Crown Prince," Washington, DC: Embassy of Saudi Arabia, June 12, 2003.
18 A discussion of how rapid changes associated with modernization inevitably imposes on traditional societies is beyond the scope of this essay. For a fascinating discussion of how modernization literally altered the conservative Saudi society, see the masterful trilogy by Abdelrahman Munif in Cities of Salt (New York: Vintage International, 1989); The Trench (New York: Pantheon Books, 1991), and Variations on Night and Day (New York: Pantheon Books, 1993).
19 Simon Henderson, "After King Fahd: Succession in Saudi Arabia," policy paper number 37, 2nd edition, Washington, DC: The Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 1995; and Joseph A. Kechichian, Succession in Saudi Arabia (New York: Palgrave, 2001), especially pp. 5-9, 61-65.
20 Abdallah al-Fawzan, "Exposing the Shura," Arab News, February 25, 2003.
21 Reuters, "Political Reform Essential for Saudi Arabia, Says Prince Talal," Gulf News, September 13, 2003, p. 15.
22 Ibid.
23 Press Release, "Saudi Arabia's Highest Religious Authority Warns Against the Dangers of Extremism," Washington, DC: Embassy of Saudi Arabia, August 21, 2003.
24 Jamil al-Ziabi, "Al Shaykh wal-Turki Yushadidan ala Ahamiyat al-Masajid" [Al Shaykh and Al Turki Underscore the Importance of Mosques], Al Hayat, Number 14772, September 3, 2003, p. 4.
25 Mustafa Shihab, "Al Shaykh Yadu ila Muharabat al-Ghilu Bikul Ashkaliha" [Al Shaykh Calls to Oppose Hatred in all its Forms], Al Hayat, Number 14777, September 8, 2003, p. 4.
26 Raid Jabar, "Al-Amir Abdallah: Al-Muslimun wal-Masihiyun Qadirun ala Dahadh Quwa al-Tafaruqat" [Prince Abdallah: Muslims and Christians Capable of Refuting Divisive Forces], Al Hayat, Number 14774, September 5, 2003, pp. 1 and 6.
27 World Development Indicators, 2002, Washington, DC: The World Bank, 2002, p. 50.
28 Brad Bourland, The Saudi Economy at Mid-year 2002 (Riyadh: Saudi American Bank, August 2002), pp. 2 and 32.
29 For an interesting take on decision making that led to the invitation, see Nawaf E. Obaid, "The Oil Kingdom at 100: Petroleum Policymaking in Saudi Arabia," Washington, DC: The Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 2000. For the latest roadblocks that prevented an agreement, see Oliver Klaus, "Saudi Arabia: Challenging Times," Middle East Economic Digest, Vol. 47, No. 24, June 13, 2003, pp. 25-42. The Saudi Supreme Petroleum Council announced a $2 billion "agreement in principle" with Shell-Total on November 2, 2003 for the development of a gas project. Press reports highlighted that this may well be the first of several agreements. See Agence France Presse, "Riyadh Okays Gas Deal with Shell-Total," Gulf News, November 3, 2003, p. 37.
30 Robert E. Looney, "Saudi Arabia: Measures of Transition from a Rentier State," Iran, Iraq, and the Arab Gulf States, Joseph A. Kechichian, ed. (New York: Palgrave, 2001), pp. 131-159.
31 Anthony H. Cordesman, Saudi Arabia Enters the Twenty-First Century: The Military and International Security Dimensions (Westport, CT and London: Praeger [published in cooperation with the Center for Strategic and International Studies], Washington, DC, 2003), especially pp. 51-68.
32 For detailed yearly data, see ibid., pp. 71-86.
33 Ibid., pp. 203-235.
34 In addition to the U.S.A.F. air wing, Sultan Air Base housed a state-of-the-art command and control center that was extensively used during the war for Afghanistan for most of 2001-2002. An updated facility was created in neighboring Qatar from which American military officers conducted the war on Iraq. See Agence France Presse, "U.S. Military Presence in Al Kharj Ends," Gulf News, August 28, 2003, p. 12.
35 Robert G. Kaiser and David B. Ottaway, "Saudi Leader's Anger Revealed Shaky Ties," The Washington Post, February 10, 2002, p. A1.
36 "Iran Attacks Iraq-based Rebels as Saudi Minister Meets Iraqi Dissident in Tehran," Mideast Mirror, April 19, 2001, Section B.
37 In the aftermath of September 11, 2001, a number of research institutions have started to canvass Arab public opinion with some regularity. The attempt to answer semi-prophetic questions of the "why do they hate us" genre suddenly required attention as the need to know overwhelmed customary patterns of neglect. Not surprisingly, available results were telling, even if consistently devastating to Americans. See, for example, The Pew Global Attitudes Project, What the World Thinks in 2002 (Washington, DC: The Pew Research Center for The People and The Press, December 2002); idem, Views of a Changing World (Washington, DC: The Pew Research Center for The People and The Press, June 2003). Pew researchers did not poll in Saudi Arabia but they conducted detailed interviews in several Muslim countries. See Brian Knowlton, "A Rising Anti-American Tide," The International Herald Tribune, December 5, 2002, p. 6. When questioned about such anti-American feelings, President George W. Bush replied: "I hope the message that we fight not a religion, but a group of fanatics which have hijacked a religion is getting through. . . . We'll do everything we can to remind people that we've never been a nation of conquerors; we're a nation of liberators." See Richard Morin, "World Image of U.S. Declines," The Washington Post, December 5, 2002, p. A26. These assessments did not resonate and, even more telling, the American position -- despite undeniable post-9/11 sympathy best illustrated by the French daily Le Monde headline "Nous Sommes Tous Americains" [We Are All Americans] -- many dismissed the cartography painted by senior American officials. For the majority of world public opinion, dividing the world between good and evil was infantile or even comical. More recently, a study commissioned by Congress, under the chairmanship of former Ambassador Edward P. Djerejian, has concluded that the United States overlooks public diplomacy at its peril. See Report of the Advisory Group on Public Diplomacy for the Arab and Muslim World, Changing Minds, Winning Peace: A New Strategic Direction for U.S. Public Diplomacy in the Arab and Muslim World (Washington, DC: U.S. House of Representatives, October 1, 2003). See also Sonni Efron, "U.S. Advised to Invest in Its Image," The Los Angeles Times, October 1, 2003, p. A8; and Steven R. Weisman, "U.S. Must Counteract Image in Muslim World, Panel Says," The New York Times, October 1, 2003.
38 Michael Jansen, "Saudi Arabia: Displeasure with the U.S.," Middle East International, No. 653, June 29, 2001, pp. 10-11.
39 Jane Perlez, "Bush Senior, on His Son's Behalf, Reassures Saudi Leader," The New York Times, July 15, 2001, p. 6. See also Michael Jansen, "Saudi Arabia: Pressure on the U.S.," Middle East International, No. 655, July 27, 2001, pp. 12-13, and Reuters, "Bush Senior Calls Saudi on Mideast Report," July 15, 2001.
40 Lamis Andoni, "Saudi Arabia: The Prince's Peace Plan," Middle East International, No. 670, March 8, 2002, pp. 8-10.
41 Thomas Friedman, a columnist for The New York Times, just happened to uncover the carefully designed initiative during his interview with the heir apparent. See Thomas Friedman, "Dear Arab League," The New York Times, February 6, 2002, p. A21.
42 Israeli negotiators insisted that Riyadh use its full leverage to pressure Yasser Arafat to end the intifada and called on Palestinian leaders to acquiesce to an annexation of certain settlement blocks. See Michael Jansen, "Arab Summit: Palestine and Iraq," Middle East International, No. 672, April 5, 2002, pp. 7-9.
43 "America and the Arab World: A Delicate Balance," The Economist, 363:8271, May 4, 2002, pp. 27-28. See also Caroline Montagu, "Saudi Arabia: Crown Prince in U.S.," Middle East International, No. 674, May 3, 2002, p. 17.
44 Many of these reports highlighted the social humiliation that Iraqis endured, including long lines at food stores and disintegrating health services. Beggars emerged where the phenomenon was rare. Many Iraqis were forced to sell household goods and more personal items, including books -- and in the Iraqi context this represented a most visible sacrifice -- to purchase food. Saudis and others watched a relatively learned society lose the intrinsic capability to function, blaming Western-imposed sanctions on what befell their Arab brethren.
45 Radical Islamists became more popular since 2001, commanding the sympathy as well as support of the masses and, as noted above, the so-called liberal campaign -- criticizing the kingdom's religious institutions -- remained weak. Jamal Khashoggi, the influential editor of the daily Al-Watan, who wrote several articles against religious authorities and criticized Wahhabi doctrine, was summarily dismissed after a senior cleric issued a fatwa calling for a boycott of the newspaper. Khashoggi accepted an advisory post to Prince Turki al-Faysal who, in turn, was appointed ambassador to London.
46 Shaykh Al-Shuaybi, considered a learned scholar in the kingdom, was briefly imprisoned in 1995. In 2001, he threatened to excommunicate the king and senior members of the ruling family, especially if the latter were to support a military offensive against Afghanistan. What concerned the regent was the frequency with which junior clerics, many of whom sympathized with Al-Shuaybi, were resorting to issuing their own religious decrees, which turned the Al Saud into "legitimate targets." See Nicolas Pelham, "Saudi Clerics Issue Edicts Against helping `Infidels'," The Christian Science Monitor, October 12, 2001, p. 4.
47 Abd al-Aziz bin Salih al-Jarbu, "The Foundations of the Legality of the Destruction that Befell America," at www.saaid.net/book/kotop.htm.
48 Although the Bush and Blair administrations argued Iraq's WMDs were the most compelling reason for the United States and Britain to resort to war, in the summer of 2003, the emphasis changed. At first, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul D. Wolfowitz testified to congressional committees that "the evil, dictatorial nature of former president Saddam Hussein's defunct government and the opportunity to turn Iraq into a beacon of hope for the rest of the Middle East," were equally valid reasons to go to war. See Michael Dobbs, "Wolfowitz Shifts Rationales on Iraq War: With Weapons Unfound, Talk of Threat Gives Way to Rhetoric on Hussein, Democracy," The Washington Post, September 12, 2003, p. A23. The logic of war shifted shortly thereafter, when Mr. Wolfowitz maintained that the WMD issue was a "bureaucratic fudge," and that the real reason was America's need to shift its military bases from Saudi Arabia. The nuance was not lost on Gulf pundits. A particularly perceptive commentator opined that "the world recognized what Washington refused to admit, that this was not a war of liberation but a war of occupation. Iraqis understood this immediately, which is why their relief at Saddam's departure has not translated into a welcome for American troops." See M. J. Akbar, "Bush has run out of ideas, but he had only one to begin with," Gulf News (online Edition), September 15, 2003.
49 Reuters, "Amid Tensions, Saudi Envoy Meets Bush's Father," Gulf News, August 29, 2003, p. 16.
50 Ibid.
51 Raid Qusti, "First Rights Conference in Kingdom," Arab News (online edition), October 14, 2003.
52 Raid Qusti, "Conference Ends With Call to Stress Islam's Protection of Human Rights," Arab News (online edition), October 16, 2003; and Idem., "Saudi Constitution Guarantees Human Rights," Arab News (online edition), October 22, 2003.
53 In September 2003, 300 Saudis signed a petition, the third of the year, urging "rulers to speed promised reforms to ward off the influence of militant Islam in the Kingdom," The Associated Press. "Saudi Arabia Announces First Local Council Elections, but No Date," The New York Times, October 14, 2003.
54 Reuters, "Saudi Announces Plans to Hold First Elections," The New York Times, October 13, 2003.
55 Isa Mubarak, "Saudi Arabia Says it will Hold First Elections," The Washington Post, October 14, 2003, p. A19.
56 Ibid.
57 Slobodan Lekic, "AP Interview: Saudi Touts Vote as Reform," The Associated Press, October 14, 2003. A day after Riyadh announced these anticipated elections, hundreds took to the streets in front of the Al-Mamlaka shopping mall in the capital city demanding political, economic and administrative reforms. According to Saad al-Faqih, the spokesman for the London-based Movement for Islamic Reform in Arabia (MIRA), protesters called for the freedom of jailed activists. An estimated 300 protesters were arrested, although the interior ministry reported 150 arrests. Shaykh Abd al-Aziz Al Shaykh, the grand mufti, condemned the demonstration "as an act of anarchism," and urged protesters to obey the law [that bans demonstrations]. See The Associated Press, "Saudis Protest for More Freedoms," October 14, 2003; see also Badr Almotawa, "150 Arrested During Demo: Naif," Arab News, October 16, 2003, p. 1.
58 Raid Qusti, "No Consensus on Citizenship Rules for Foreigners," Arab News, October 27, 2003, p. 2. See also "Majlis al-Shura al-Saudi Yuajilu Iqrar Tadilat ala Nizam al-Jinsiyat [Shura Council Postpones Calls to Amend Citizenship Laws], Al-Hayat, No. 14826, October 27, 2003, p. 3.
59 Mazen Balelah, "Scrap the Sponsorship System," al-Watan, October 26, 2003, reproduced in Arab News, October 27, 2003, p. 3.

Middle East Policy Council
1730 M Street NW, Suite 512
Washington, DC 20036

Phone: (202) 296-6767 - Fax: (202) 296-5791

info@mepc.org



Posted by maximpost at 9:13 PM EST
Permalink

The centrifuge connection
By David Albright & Corey Hinderstein


After Iran's first story of how it acquired uranium enrichment technology was rejected, evidence of a more complex procurement network began to emerge.
Iran has admitted to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) that it made secret efforts to procure the wherewithal to make sophisticated gas centrifuges to enrich uranium. But few believe that Iran has told the whole story of its extensive foreign procurements.
As of mid-January 2004, Iranian officials continued to insist that they obtained sensitive centrifuge drawings and components through "intermediaries," and that they did not know the original source of the items.
Recent Pakistani government investigations are undercutting that assertion and magnifying concerns that Iran has made only a partial declaration to the IAEA. Senior Pakistani gas centrifuge experts and officials have admitted to Pakistani government investigators that they provided centrifuge assistance to Iran, Libya, and North Korea. Details are sketchy at press time about who exactly was involved in these transfers, when they occurred, and how they were arranged. Although the Pakistani government has denied authorizing any of the transfers, characterizing them as the work of rogue scientists, evidence points to at least Pakistani government knowledge.
Iran had many other important suppliers. Individuals and companies in Europe and the Middle East also played a key role in supplying Iran's centrifuge program. China was the most important supplier to Iran's program to produce uranium compounds, including uranium hexafluoride, the highly corrosive gas used in centrifuges.
Although Iran encountered many difficulties in making and operating centrifuges, postponing by many years the construction of a pilot centrifuge plant, it appears to have secretly achieved self-sufficiency in centrifuge manufacturing by the mid-to late 1990s.
Although Western intelligence agencies detected many of Iran's sensitive procurements, they missed some key ones. Because it had only incomplete information, the United States had trouble convincing its allies until 2002 or 2003 that Iran's effort to build secret gas centrifuge facilities had reached an advanced state (see "What the United States Knew," ). Lacking actionable information or intrusive inspections, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) was unable to determine until recently that Iran had significantly violated its obligations under the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT).
The program begins
Iran stated in its 2003 declarations to the IAEA that it began its gas centrifuge program in 1985 during its bloody war with Iraq. This decision is widely perceived as having been part of an effort to make highly enriched uranium for nuclear weapons.
Iran claimed that the only purpose of its centrifuge program was to make fuel for the German-supplied Bushehr power reactor--a claim that is highly dubious, given the reality that in 1985 Germany had suspended all work at the reactor, at least until the war ended. After the war, Germany never resumed construction. In early 1995, Russia signed a contract to finish the reactor. Yet throughout the decade, when the fate of the reactor at Bushehr was uncertain, Iran accelerated its gas centrifuge program.
Little information is available about Iran's initial efforts in 1985. What information did it already have about centrifuges, since modern designs are all classified? What design did the program first study? What were its initial plans? Had there been offers of assistance from Pakistanis or other individuals that encouraged the Iranians to start the program?
Iran quickly began procuring items. For example, in 1985 it acquired key "flow-forming" equipment, useful in forming steel and aluminum centrifuge tubes, from the German firm Leifeld. At least one Leifeld flow-forming machine is currently used in Iran's gas-centrifuge manufacturing complex. Leifeld personnel could have been knowledgeable about centrifuges when they sold the items to Iran. (It is known that around 1987, Leifeld demonstrated its flow-forming equipment in Iraq, showing a video containing sensitive information about producing maraging steel rotors for a Urenco-type gas centrifuge.)
In 1987, Iran made a significant breakthrough, obtaining a complete set of centrifuge drawings and some centrifuge components. This specific procurement may have been part of a much larger package that helped Iran understand and build centrifuges.
Acquiring the drawings and a few components was tremendously helpful. With detailed designs in hand, Iran could skip many difficult research steps. It was unlikely to have had the technical experience to discover the intricacies of a modern centrifuge or master the difficult manufacturing of centrifuge components on its own--Pakistan and Iraq also needed to obtain detailed centrifuge designs and assistance for their centrifuge programs to advance beyond a rudimentary level.
Armed with component specifications and drawings, Iran would be able to design and implement a strategy to develop a reliable centrifuge and create a manufacturing infrastructure to make thousands of centrifuges. It would be able to find foreign companies to make specific components, often unwittingly. In parallel, it could locate companies that would sell the equipment Iran needed to make the components itself.
Iran acquired drawings of a modified variant of an early-generation Urenco centrifuge built by the Netherlands. Some experts familiar with these drawings have assessed that, based on the design's materials, dimensions, and tolerances, it is a modified precursor to the Dutch M4 centrifuge. This design has four aluminum rotor tubes connected by three maraging steel bellows. The rotor has a diameter of 100 millimeters and the entire machine is about 2 meters tall.
However, inspectors noticed that someone modified the design in distinctive ways. In addition, the original drawings were shown to inspectors, and their labels are in English, not Dutch or German. According to intelligence information, the design resembles one built by Pakistan in the 1980s and early 1990s that is sometimes called the P1. In addition, the centrifuge components Iran bought match those bought by Pakistan.
There was other evidence that pointed to Pakistan as the source of the drawings and of at least some of the components. Much of the highly enriched uranium that the IAEA found in Iran by taking environmental samples may be consistent with material produced in Pakistan.
Who provided these drawings?
The media have reported that senior Pakistani gas centrifuge officials, including Abdul Qadeer Khan, the father of Pakistan's centrifuge program, provided multiple centrifuge designs to Iran and other countries. As of late January, however, no charges had been filed against any of the officials.
Last fall, Iran provided the IAEA with a list of five middlemen and company officials who, it said, provided the drawings and other key items. Iran characterized these middlemen, who are European and Middle Eastern, as putting together orders--buying items from various companies and delivering them to Iran.
The exact role of some of these individuals is murky. Did they act as agents of their respective companies, or were they acting alone as consultants? They are also believed to have supplied or arranged shipments of items to Pakistan.
Of those named, three are Germans who were involved in selling a range of dual-use and other civilian and military items to Pakistan, many countries in the Middle East, and elsewhere.
Iran's statement to the IAEA implied that one or more of the three Germans obtained a classified centrifuge design from Pakistan and sold it to Iran.
It is more likely that a Pakistani or group of Pakistanis provided the drawings to Iran along with the names of those Iran could approach for help in acquiring components and essential items. Any Pakistanis involved in this scheme would likely have been from the Khan Research Laboratories, where the Pakistani centrifuge program is based.
The Pakistanis' main motivation would probably have been financial. In the mid-1980s, connections between Iran and Pakistan were growing in many areas. In addition, the Pakistani gas centrifuge program or its members may have needed money.
In any case, the drawings are unlikely to have been provided by themselves. Based on proven and alleged cases involving Iraqi and Pakistani centrifuge experts, the sale of centrifuge drawings is often a "sweetener" or accompanied by offers for the sale of other, more profitable items, such as materials, components, or machine tools to make components. Thus, Iran's statement about its procurements of drawings and some components in 1987 and the naming of a handful of individuals is consistent with the start of significant assistance from knowledgeable Europeans, Middle Easterners, and Pakistanis.
Iran's procurements
In the 1980s, Iran created an extensive procurement system to acquire necessary items for its centrifuge program from around the world. It used front companies to order the equipment and falsely declare non-nuclear uses, and it established secret transportation routes.
These efforts were not always successful. Alert government or company officials stopped many orders. Some of Iran's purchases involved defective centrifuge components. Nonetheless, over many years, Iran succeeded in acquiring thousands of sensitive centrifuge components and all the equipment it needed to be self-sufficient in the manufacture of centrifuges. In its quest, foreigners played key roles in organizing the purchase and shipment of items.
In late 2003 Iran provided the IAEA with a long list of equipment suppliers, including when the equipment was purchased. Iran has also not removed or otherwise hidden nameplates that contain company names and serial numbers.
In the late 1980s and early 1990s, many of the items Iran wanted were loosely controlled by national or international export controls. Many were acquired legally, at least in the sense that suppliers did not knowingly break the then-lax export control laws and government bureaucracies did not scrutinize the exports for their actual purpose.
Iran acquired a long list of items, including high-strength aluminum, maraging steel, electron beam welders, balancing machines, vacuum pumps, computer-numerically controlled machine tools, and flow-forming machines for both aluminum and maraging steel. Many of these items were obtained in Europe, especially from Germany and Switzerland. Suppliers trained Iranians in the use of critical equipment and taught them associated technologies needed in a centrifuge program.
The assistance of at least some of the named middlemen would have been important. They would have known which companies could provide desired items and which would be willing to do business with Iran. If any of these individuals had extensive knowledge about centrifuges and their manufacture, their help could have been invaluable in identifying the right suppliers of equipment, materials, and the necessary know-how.
Components
During its initial procurement effort in the late 1980s and early 1990s, Iran acquired only a limited number of centrifuge components. The number was consistent with a program that was then focusing on trying to build and operate single centrifuges for testing.
But then, as Iran has said, between 1993 and 1995, it received through middlemen enough components to build 500 centrifuges. It is from centrifuges made from these imported components that traces of highly enriched uranium have been found by the IAEA, at both the site at Natanz and at Kalaye Electric in Tehran.
As of late January 2004, the manufacturer of these components has not been publicly identified, and Iran has yet to provide any documentation about this purchase. On the surface, Iran appears so far to be protecting the actual supplier of these components.
Putting in such a large order would imply, however, that Iran had now decided on a particular centrifuge design. It also indicates that by the mid-1990s Iran was ready to build a major cascade or pilot plant.
This order included large numbers of the most sensitive centrifuge components, including bellows, which raises troubling questions about the effectiveness of export controls at a time when they were being tightened throughout Europe--and after Pakistan had given the United States assurances it would not engage in such assistance.
There are several theories about the origin of these components, including:
European, Pakistani, or other companies made the components to specifications provided by middlemen, Iranian agents, or Iranians in the centrifuge program themselves; or
Pakistan sold off surplus components that it made itself or purchased in Europe or in developing countries. Pakistan is known to have replaced its P1 centrifuge with a more advanced P2, or all-maraging steel rotor machine, starting in the mid-1980s. By about 1995, Pakistan had probably phased out most of its P1 machines and had extra, unused components left over.
Questions of timing
Despite importing all these components, Iran said in its statements to the IAEA in 2003 that it had trouble getting the centrifuges to work. It has declared that it did not enrich any uranium until 1999, and then produced uranium enriched to no more than 1.2 percent uranium 235. This statement, however, is very much at odds with the process of settling on a design. Typically, before building a large number of centrifuges, program leaders want to test the design with uranium hexafluoride.
Iran told the IAEA that in addition to problems with the quality of the imported components and the difficulty it encountered making components of sufficient quality for high-speed centrifuges, it also had problems assembling and running centrifuges. These factors led to delays. In addition, the need for increased secrecy and security led to a decision in 1995 to move out of the existing facility in Tehran, causing further delays.
Shutting down the sophisticated operations in Tehran may have also been motivated by increased international scrutiny, particularly in 1995. In any case, before the IAEA accepts Iran's declaration, the timing of the program needs to be better understood.
Declared facilities and activities
According to Iranian declarations in October and November 2003, until 1997 the centrifuge program was centered at Iran's Atomic Energy Organization facilities in Tehran, with laboratory work conducted at the Plasma Physics Laboratory of the Tehran Nuclear Research Center. The first head of the gas centrifuge program was a former head of Iran's plasma physics program.
Iran told the IAEA that in 1997 the majority of the program was relocated to Kalaye Electric in Tehran. This move, which was motivated partly by the need for additional security, was difficult and caused further delays in the program. Nonetheless, from 1997 to 2002, Iran operated single machines and small cascades of 10-20 machines, achieved the ability to make all the components itself, and gained some success in testing centrifuges both with and without uranium hexafluoride. It also decided to construct enrichment facilities at Natanz.
In 2002, research, development, and assembly operations were moved to Natanz. This facility is now the primary site of the Iranian gas centrifuge program. It consists of centrifuge assembly areas and a pilot fuel-enrichment plant slated to hold 1,000 centrifuges. A production-scale fuel-enrichment plant is under construction at Natanz, and is scheduled to hold about 50,000 centrifuges. Before it voluntarily suspended activity in November 2003, Iran was operating both single machine tests and small cascades with uranium hexafluoride at the pilot plant.
Before the suspension, Iran was assembling four-rotor machines similar to the P1 design. Each has a separative capacity of roughly 3 separative work units (swu) per year. Earlier, based on information that the capacity was about 2 swu per year, we had speculated that Iran had a centrifuge with two aluminum rotor tubes connected by a bellows, and the machine was properly optimized to produce enriched uranium. Based on more recent information, our current understanding is that the Iranian machine is as described above and that it is not optimized.
Although the pilot plant is relatively small, if finished, it could produce about 10 kilograms of weapon-grade uranium a year, depending on the "tails assay" (the fraction of uranium 235 lost to waste) and the manner in which the centrifuges are organized into cascades. Because centrifuges are flexible, even if the cascades are arranged to produce only low-enriched uranium, weapon-grade uranium can be produced by "batch recycling"--sending the end product back into the feed point of the cascade over again until the desired level of enrichment is reached.
We project that the production plant could eventually have a capacity of at least 150,000 swu per year--enough capacity to provide annual reloads of the nearly completed power reactor at Bushehr, but far short of the enriched uranium it would need to provide fuel for all the civilian power plants Iran plans to build over the next 20 years.
Alternatively, the same capacity could be used to produce roughly 500 kilograms of weapon-grade uranium annually. At 15-20 kilograms per weapon, that would be enough for 25-30 nuclear weapons per year.
Natanz could be operated to make low-enriched uranium fuel until Iran decided it wanted to make weapon-grade material. It wouldn't take long to enrich the low-enriched material to weapon grade. For example, if Natanz was operating at full capacity and recycled the end product--low-enriched uranium (5 percent uranium 235)--back into the feed point, the facility could produce enough weapon-grade uranium for a single weapon within days.
Planning for the future
Iran's centrifuge procurement effort involved extensive secret procurement networks, both before and after the 1991 Persian Gulf War, when nations were tightening their export controls on sensitive items. Understanding just what Iran did, how it got help, and who helped, are critical in verifying Iran's declarations to the IAEA, and in identifying and fixing weaknesses in existing national and international export controls.
There is as yet only a sketchy answer to the question of who, exactly, provided sensitive centrifuge drawings and components to Iran. The footprints are being traced, however. Complete declarations from Iran and honest investigations by Pakistan of its past activities are needed to fill out the picture of Iran's extensive procurement activities for its centrifuge program and Pakistani scientists' assistance to Iran's and others' secret nuclear programs.

David Albright is the president of the Institute for Science and International Security (ISIS) in Washington, D.C. Corey Hinderstein is a senior analyst at ISIS.





Sidebar: What the United States knew
A critical period in Iran's centrifuge program was the early and mid-1990s, before it became largely self-sufficient in making centrifuges. During this period, Western intelligence agencies, particularly U.S. agencies, obtained some evidence that Iran was attempting to acquire centrifuge technology. However, neither Russia nor any European government was sufficiently convinced to take action to stop Iran's centrifuge effort.
Most U.S. actions focused on trying to convince Russia to stop cooperating with Iran's nuclear program. The United States failed to get Russia to agree not to complete the power plant at Bushehr, but it did convince Russia not to sell Iran a centrifuge plant or other sensitive nuclear facilities (see my article "An Iranian Bomb?" July/August 1995 Bulletin). At the same time, the U.S. government did not believe or act as if Pakistan was a critical supplier of centrifuge know-how to Iran.
By the early 1990s, Iran was known to have acquired or tried to acquire many items that were indicative of a centrifuge program. These known procurements led U.S. intelligence agencies to conclude that Iran had at a minimum gained access to a list of German companies, indicating that the Iranians knew what items they should procure.
Some procurements were for centrifuge components or their "preforms," which had dimensions identical to Urenco designs. Italian intelligence reported that Sharif University in Tehran placed an order in 1991 for centrifuge components with the Austrian firm Tribacher. This firm does not make centrifuge components per se, but it does make ring magnets to a customer's specifications and these magnets can be used in the upper bearing of a Urenco-type centrifuge. Tribacher also made ring magnets for Iraq's Urenco-based centrifuge program before the 1991 Persian Gulf War. These procurements implied that Iran had acquired at least some Urenco designs.
One recurring complaint of skeptical Europeans and IAEA officials was that the information supplied by intelligence agencies often did not include whether Iran had successfully obtained a mentioned item, and foreign intelligence agencies were unable to verify that a transaction had occurred. Based on their interpretation of the evidence, several officials were willing to accept only that Iran was interested in centrifuges. They were unwilling to believe that Iran had a substantial secret program.
In early 1995, one senior U.S. intelligence official told me about some of the difficulties the United States faced in making its case about the existence of secret Iranian nuclear activities. The United States did not know where centrifuge activities were occurring in Iran. Instead, the United States had to base its case largely on the procurement activities it had detected. If someone doubted whether Iran had a significant secret nuclear program, he said, information of the type known to the United States was unlikely to sway skeptics to the U.S. position.
Interestingly, Pakistan was suspected as a source of the centrifuge designs by the early 1990s, although direct proof was lacking. One senior European with deep knowledge of European companies who secretly aided centrifuge programs, and who had also heard U.S. intelligence officials' briefings on Iranian procurement activities, told me in early 1995 that Pakistan might have sold Iran a drawing of a centrifuge assembly. He also said that U.S. intelligence believed that Iran acquired shipments of machine tools for its centrifuge program through Pakistan. Jim Hoagland of the Washington Post reported on May 17, 1995 that Iran was pursuing a nuclear weapon acquisition "blueprint" drawn up at least four years before with the aid of Pakistani officials.
U.S. intelligence was aware of Iran's management problems and weaknesses in its science and technology sectors, and had concluded that Iran would need many years to build a pilot enrichment plant. The senior U.S. intelligence official mentioned earlier also told me that Iran was having difficulties with its centrifuge program and would need as many as seven years to build a pilot plant to make highly enriched uranium.
Increased scrutiny, however, appears to have affected the program in 1995. Iran told the IAEA that it shut down its operations in Tehran at a modern, well-equipped site because of concerns about security. The new site at Kalaye Electric was much better hidden from prying eyes. Even its name was non-nuclear and unobtrusive. In English, Kalaye Electric means roughly "electrical goods." The senior intelligence official later told me that after a period of frequent discoveries of Iranian procurement efforts, the number of detections radically decreased. The resulting assessment was that Iran had probably gotten better at hiding procurements of critical items. Newer evidence suggests that Iran had obtained the bulk of the manufacturing equipment it needed by the mid-1990s.
In the mid-1990s, intelligence agencies appear to have missed much of Iran's success in acquiring a large number of centrifuge components and underestimated the progress of the program. However, U.S. intelligence estimates about the time Iran needed to build a pilot plant have turned out to be reasonably accurate. Overall, the intelligence agencies correctly identified that they were seeing only the tip of the iceberg of Iran's centrifuge program and procurement efforts. But the "tip" was not viewed in Europe or Russia as convincing evidence of a secret, advanced gas centrifuge program warranting a significant response. After the mid-1990s, according to former senior U.S. government officials, U.S. intelligence agencies learned little concrete about Iran's centrifuge progress.
As a result, there was little concerted action until 2002 to stop Iran's secret centrifuge program or demand far more intrusive IAEA inspections in Iran. From 1995 until 2002, Iran moved relatively freely and secretly toward building a domestic centrifuge industry that could enrich significant quantities of uranium.

David Albright



? 2004 Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists

Posted by maximpost at 8:41 PM EST
Permalink
Sunday, 15 February 2004

Les plans d'armes atomiques trouves en Libye viendraient de Chine
LEMONDE.FR | 15.02.04 | 21h49
La Libye mais aussi l'Iran et la Coree du Nord se seraient approvisionnes sur un veritable marche noir international du nucleaire alimente pour partie par la Chine.
Des enqueteurs ont decouvert que des plans d'armes atomiques declares en 2003 par la Libye venaient de Chine, mettant au jour un nouveau maillon d'un reseau d'echange de technologies nucleaires transitant par le Pakistan, rapporte, dimanche 15 fevrier, le Washington Post.
Citant des responsables gouvernementaux et des experts en armements, le quotidien americain indique que les documents remis aux experts par la Libye contiennent des "preuves evidentes" du role joue par la Chine dans le transfert de technologies nucleaires au Pakistan au debut des annees 1980.
Ces plans presumes provenir de Chine ont ensuite ete revendus a la Libye par l'intermediaire d'un reseau pilote depuis le Pakistan, et figurant au c?ur d'une enquete sur le marche noir international du nucleaire, ecrit le journal, citant ces responsables et des experts officiant aux Etats-Unis et en Europe.
Les documents concernes, ou figurent notamment des textes en chinois, contiennent des instructions detaillees pour assembler une bombe nucleaire a implosion susceptible d'etre installee sur un gros missile balistique. Des instructions techniques pour la fabrication des composants necessaires y ont egalement ete decouvertes, ont fait savoir les memes sources au Post.
"C'est exactement le genre de documents que l'on aurait dans une usine. Il vous disent quelle torsion utiliser sur les vis et quelle colle appliquer sur les composants", a explique au journal un expert en armements ayant eu acces aux plans, qu'il a qualifies de "tres, tres vieux" mais "tres bien concus".
Une porte-parole de l'ambassade de Chine a Washington que Reuters a tente de joindre n'a pas pu etre contactee dans l'immediat. La CIA s'est quant a elle refusee a tout commentaire.
Des responsables des services de renseignement americains etaient parvenus a la conclusion, il y a plusieurs annees, que la Chine avait fourni une aide au Pakistan pour l'elaboration de sa premiere arme nucleaire, une collaboration qui semble avoir pris fin dans les annees 1980.
MARCHE NOIR DU NUCLEAIRE
Les experts en armements ayant eu acces aux plans fournis par la Libye ont neanmoins exprime leur etonnement face a cet apparent transfert de technologie nucleaire sensible a un pays tiers, ecrit le quotidien.
Des notes figurant parmi les documents examines par les experts semblent indiquer que la Chine a continue, pendant plusieurs annees, a renseigner les chercheurs pakistanais sur les subtilites de la fabrication des bombes nucleaires, ont indique les sources citees par le journal.
Les activites de Pekin dans ce domaine etaient "irresponsables et imprevoyantes, et soulevent des interrogations sur l'etendue des apports de la Chine au programme nucleaire pakistanais", a declare au Post David Albright, physicien nucleaire et ancien inspecteurs en armements de l'ONU en Irak.
La Libye a remis en novembre ces plans d'armes nucleaires a des responsables americains, son dirigeant Mouammar Kadhafi ayant decide de renoncer a son programme d'armes de destruction massive et d'ouvrir les laboratoires militaires de son pays a des inspections internationales, indique le journal.
Selon le Post, ces plans, arrives en janvier a Washington, ont ete analyses par des experts americains, britanniques et issus de l'Agence internationale de l'energie atomique, agence de l'ONU.
Les experts en armements ont egalement trouve en Libye de grandes quantites de materiel utilises dans l'enrichissement de l'uranium, ingredient indispensable a la fabrication d'armes nucleaires.
Cette decouverte a permis la mise au jour d'un veritable marche noir international du nucleaire qui, selon des responsables, aurait permis l'acquisition de technologies nucleaire et de materiel sensible par l'Iran et la Coree du Nord, en plus de la Libye.
Avec Reuters

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> WAITING FOR THE NEW REPORT...
SEE ALSO...http://www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2002/18252.htm

Syria

Country Reports on Human Rights Practices - 2002
Released by the Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor
March 31, 2003
Syria is a republic under a military regime with virtually absolute authority in the hands of the President. Despite the existence of some institutions of democratic government, the President, with counsel from his ministers, high-ranking members of the ruling Ba'th Party, and a relatively small circle of security advisers, makes key decisions regarding foreign policy, national security, internal politics, and the economy. All three branches of government are influenced to varying degrees by leaders of the Ba'th Party, whose primacy in state institutions and the Parliament is mandated by the Constitution. The Parliament may not initiate laws but only assesses and at times modifies those proposed by the executive branch. The Constitution provides for an independent judiciary, but security courts are subject to political influence. The regular courts generally display independence, although political connections and bribery may influence verdicts.
The powerful role of the security services in government, which extends beyond strictly security matters, stems in part from the state of emergency that has been in place almost continuously since 1963. The Government justifies martial law because of the state of war with Israel and past threats from terrorist groups. Syrian Military Intelligence and Air Force Intelligence are military agencies, while General Security, State Security, and Political Security come under the purview of the Ministry of Interior. The branches of the security services operated independently of each other and outside the legal system. The security forces were under effective government control. Their members committed serious human rights abuses.
The population of the country was approximately 17 million. The economy was based on commerce, agriculture, oil production, and government services. Economic growth was hampered by the still dominant state role in the economy, a complex bureaucracy, overarching security concerns, endemic corruption, currency restrictions, a lack of modern financial services and communications, and a weak legal system.
The Government's human rights record remained poor, and it continued to commit serious abuses. Citizens did not have the right to change their government. The Government used its vast powers to prevent any organized political opposition, and there have been very few antigovernment manifestations. Continuing serious abuses included the use of torture in detention; poor prison conditions; arbitrary arrest and detention; prolonged detention without trial; fundamentally unfair trials in the security courts; an inefficient judiciary that suffered from corruption and, at times, political influence; and infringement on privacy rights. The Government significantly restricted freedom of speech and of the press. Freedom of assembly does not exist under the law and the Government restricted freedom of association. The Government did not officially allow independent domestic human rights groups to exist; however, it permitted periodic meetings of unlicensed civil society forums throughout the year. The Government placed some limits on freedom of religion and freedom of movement. Proselytizing by groups it considered Zionist was not tolerated, and proselytizing in general was not encouraged. Violence and societal discrimination against women were problems. The Government discriminated against the stateless Kurdish minority, suppressed worker rights, and tolerated child labor in some instances.
RESPECT FOR HUMAN RIGHTS
Section 1 Respect for the Integrity of the Person, Including Freedom From:
a. Arbitrary or Unlawful Deprivation of Life
There were no reports of political killings or other killings committed by government forces during the year.
In November 2000, a number of armed clashes occurred between Bedouin shepherds and Druze residents of Suwayda Province that required government military intervention to stop. Local press reported that between 15 and 20 Druze, Bedouin, and security forces personnel were killed (see Section 5). Some members of the security forces committed a number of serious human rights abuses. In its Annual Report, the Syrian Human Rights Commission stated that in 2001 and during the year three individuals died in detention (see Section 1.c.). The Government has not investigated previous deaths in detention.
b. Disappearance
There were no new confirmed reports of politically motivated disappearances during the year. Because security forces often did not provide detainees' families with information regarding their welfare or location, many persons who disappeared in past years are believed to be in long-term detention or to have died in detention. The number of new disappearances has declined in recent years, although this may be due to the Government's success in deterring opposition political activity rather than a loosening of the criteria for detention (see Section 1.d.).
Despite inquiries by international human rights organizations and foreign governments, the Government offered little new information on the welfare and whereabouts of persons who have been held incommunicado for years or about whom little is known other than the approximate date of their detention. The Government claimed that it has released all Palestinians and Jordanian and Lebanese citizens who reportedly were abducted from Lebanon during and after Lebanon's civil war. However, the Government's claim was disputed by Lebanese nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), Amnesty International (AI), and other international NGOs, as well as some family members of those who allegedly remain in the country's prisons (see Section 1.d.).
c. Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman, or Degrading Treatment or Punishment
Despite the existence of constitutional provisions and several Penal Code penalties for abusers, there was credible evidence that security forces continued to use torture, although to a lesser extent than in previous years. Former prisoners, detainees, and the London-based Syrian Human Rights Organization reported that torture methods included administering electrical shocks; pulling out fingernails; forcing objects into the rectum; beating, sometimes while the victim is suspended from the ceiling; hyperextending the spine; bending the detainees into the frame of a wheel and whipping exposed body parts; and using a chair that bends backwards to asphyxiate the victim or fracture the victim's spine. In 2001 AI published a report claiming that authorities at Tadmur Prison regularly tortured prisoners, or forced prisoners to torture each other. Although it occurs in prisons, torture was most likely to occur while detainees were being held at one of the many detention centers run by the various security services throughout the country, especially while the authorities were attempting to extract a confession or information.
The Government has denied that it uses torture and claims that it would prosecute anyone believed guilty of using excessive force or physical abuse. Past victims of torture have identified the officials who tortured them, up to the level of brigadier general. If allegations of excessive force or physical abuse are to be made in court, the plaintiff is required to initiate his own civil suit against the alleged abuser. Courts did not order medical examinations for defendants who claimed that they were tortured (see Section 1.e.). There were no substantiated allegations of torture during the year.
In 2000 the Government apprehended Raed Hijazi, accused of a terrorist plot targeting American and Israeli tourists in Jordan during the millennium celebrations, and sent him to Jordan to stand trial. According to media accounts of the trial, doctors for both the defense and the prosecution testified that Hijazi's body showed signs of having been beaten, but witnesses, including Hijazi, made contradictory and inconclusive claims regarding whether the alleged abuse occurred while he was in Jordanian or Syrian custody. The Jordanian court has rejected the allegations that Hijazi's confession was coerced. In February the Jordanian authorities sentenced Hijazi to death. He has appealed the decision but remained in custody at year's end pending a decision.
Prison conditions generally were poor and did not meet international standards for health and sanitation. However, there were separate facilities for men, women, and children. Pre-trial detainees, particularly those held for political or security reasons, were usually held separately from convicted prisoners. Facilities for political or national security prisoners generally were worse than those for common criminals.
At some prisons, authorities allowed visitation, but in other prisons, security officials demanded bribes from family members who wished to visit incarcerated relatives. Overcrowding and the denial of food occurred at several prisons. According to Human Rights Watch, prisoners and detainees were held without adequate medical care, and some prisoners with significant health problems reportedly were denied medical treatment. Some former detainees have reported that the Government prohibited reading materials, even the Koran, for political prisoners.
In 2001 the London-based Syrian Human Rights Commission reported that three detainees died in prison and that their remains bore evidence of torture and extreme medical neglect.
The Government did not permit independent monitoring of prison or detention center conditions, although diplomatic or consular officials were granted access in high profile cases.
d. Arbitrary Arrest, Detention, or Exile
Arbitrary arrest and detention were significant problems. The Emergency Law, which authorizes the Government to conduct preventive arrests, overrides Penal Code provisions against arbitrary arrest and detention, including the need to obtain warrants. Officials contend that the Emergency Law is applied only in narrowly defined cases, and in January 2001, the regional press reported that the Information Minister claimed that the authorities had frozen "martial law." Nonetheless, in cases involving political or national security offenses, arrests often were carried out in secret. Suspects may be detained incommunicado for prolonged periods without charge or trial and are denied the right to a judicial determination regarding the pretrial detention. Some of these practices were prohibited by the state of emergency, but the authorities were not held to these strictures. Additionally, those suspected of political or national security offenses may be arrested and prosecuted under ambiguous and broad articles of the Penal Code, and subsequently tried in either the criminal or security courts, as occurred with the 10 civil society activists arrested in August and September 2001. During the year, two were tried and sentenced in criminal court and eight were tried and sentenced in secrecy in the Supreme State Security Court under the Emergency Law's authority. All were initially held incommunicado and in solitary confinement, though the criminal court trials and initial sessions of one of the other trials were open to the press and diplomats.
The Government detained relatives of detainees or of fugitives in order to obtain confessions or the fugitive's surrender (see Section 1.f.). The Government also threatened families or friends of detainees, at times with the threat of expulsion, to ensure their silence, to force them to disavow publicly their relatives, or to force detainees into compliance.
Defendants in civil and criminal trials had the right to bail hearings and the possible release from detention on their own recognizance. Bail was not allowed for those accused of state security offenses. Unlike defendants in regular criminal and civil cases, security detainees did not have access to lawyers prior to or during questioning.
Detainees had no legal redress for false arrest. Security forces often did not provide detainees' families with information regarding their welfare or location while in detention. Consequently many persons who have disappeared in past years are believed to be in long-term detention without charge or possibly to have died in detention (see Section 1.b.). Many detainees brought to trial have been held incommunicado for years, and their trials often have been unfair (see Section 1.e.). In the past, there were reliable reports that the Government did not notify foreign governments when their citizens were arrested or detained.
Pretrial detention may be lengthy, even in cases not involving political or national security offenses. The criminal justice system is backlogged. Many criminal suspects were held in pretrial detention for months and may have their trials extended for additional months. Lengthy pretrial detention and drawn-out court proceedings are caused by a shortage of available courts and the absence of legal provisions for a speedy trial or plea bargaining (see Section 1.e.).
In May 2001, the Government released prominent political prisoner Nizar Nayyuf, who had been imprisoned since 1992 for founding an unlawful organization, disseminating false information, and undermining the Government; he immediately was placed under house arrest. In June 2001, the Government allowed Nayyuf to leave the country for medical treatment. In September 2001, Nayyuf was summoned to appear before an investigating court to respond to a complaint against him filed by Ba'th party lawyers for "inciting confessionalism, attempting to illegally change the Constitution, and publishing false reports abroad." Nayyuf had not returned by year's end. The NGO Reporters Without Borders (RSF) claimed that the Government harassed and intimidated members of Nayyuf's family following the issuance of the summons. The Government reportedly fired two members of his immediate family from their jobs. The municipality threatened to expel members of Nayyuf's family if they did not disavow publicly his statements (see Section 4).
In August 2001, the Government arrested independent Member of Parliament Ma'mun Humsi during his hunger strike protesting official corruption, the excessive powers of the security forces, and the continuation of the Emergency Law. In a departure from previous practice, the Interior Ministry issued a statement justifying Humsi's arrest under Penal Code articles dealing with crimes against state security (see Section 3). In September 2001, the Government detained independent Member of Parliament Riad Seif shortly after Seif reactivated his unlicensed political discussion forum. The principal charge against both individuals was attempting to illegally change the Constitution (see Section 3). In March and April, Humsi and Seif were convicted in criminal court of attempting to change the Constitution illegally and each sentenced to 5 years in prison (see Section 1.e.).
In September 2001, the Government detained prominent political activist and longtime detainee Riad al-Turk for violations of Penal Code articles dealing with crimes against state security, after al-Turk made derogatory public comments about late President Hafiz al-Asad. In June Al-Turk was convicted in closed Supreme State Security Court of attempting to change the Constitution illegally and sentenced to 30 months in prison (see Section 1.e.). On November 16, President Asad ordered Al-Turk released on humanitarian grounds.
In September 2001, the Government detained seven additional prominent human rights activists who had issued statements in support of Humsi, Seif, and al-Turk. The Government reportedly charged the seven activists under Penal Code articles dealing with crimes against state security (see Section 2.a.). Although all of the 10 civil society activists were arrested for Penal Code violations, only Humsi and Seif were tried in criminal court while all the others were tried in the Supreme State Security Court under the authority of the Emergency Law (see Section 1.e.).
At year's end, the leaders of the Turkomen who reportedly were detained without charge in 1996, remained in detention.
In 1999 and 2000, there were reports of arrests of hundreds of Syrian and Palestinian Islamists. Most of those arrested reportedly were released after signing an agreement not to participate in political activities; however, some may remain in detention. At year's end, there were no new reports on those detained. There were no credible reports that the Government arrested Islamists on political charges during the year.
There were no reports of the arrests of minors on political charges during the year.
In January 2001, the Jordanian press reported the release from Syrian jails of six Jordanian prisoners of Palestinian origin, who had been imprisoned for membership in Palestinian organizations. Between May and July 2000, there were unconfirmed reports that a large number of Jordanian prisoners were released. However, according to AI, only three of the Jordanians released in 2000 had been held for political reasons.
In March 2001, Syrian intelligence officials in Lebanon arrested three Syrian Druze men who had converted to Christianity, possibly on suspicion of membership in Jehovah's Witnesses. The men were released after 2 months.
In July and August 2001, there were unconfirmed regional press reports that approximately 500 political detainees were moved from Tadmur Prison to Saydnaya Prison in preparation for the eventual closing of Tadmur. In 2000 the Government also closed the Mazzah prison, which reportedly held numerous prisoners and detainees. In August, AI reported the release of Communist Action Party member Haytham Na'al after 27 years in prison.
In 2000 the Government declared an amnesty for 600 political prisoners and detainees and a general pardon for some nonpolitical prisoners. The highly publicized amnesty was the first time the Government acknowledged detention of persons for political reasons. There were no credible reports of transfers of political prisoners during the year.
Most of those arrested during crackdowns in the 1980s, in response to violent attacks by the Muslim Brotherhood, have been released; however, some may remain in prolonged detention without charge. Some union and professional association officials detained in 1980 may remain in detention (see Sections 2.b. and 6.a.).
The number of remaining political detainees is unknown. In June 2000, prior to the November 2000 prison amnesty, Amnesty International estimated that there were approximately 1,500 political detainees; many of the detainees reportedly were suspected supporters of the Muslim Brotherhood and the pro-Iraqi wing of the Ba'th party. There also were Jordanian, Lebanese, and Palestinian political detainees. Estimates of detainees are difficult to confirm because the Government does not verify publicly the number of detentions without charge, the release of detainees or amnestied prisoners, or whether detainees subsequently are sentenced to prison (see Section 1.e.).
Former prisoners were subject to a so-called "rights ban," which begins from the day of sentencing and lasts until 7 years after the expiration of the sentence, in the case of felony convictions. Persons subject to this ban are not allowed to vote, run for office, or work in the public sector; they often also are denied passports.
The Constitution prohibits exile; however, the Government has exiled citizens in the past. The Government refused to reissue the passports of citizens who fled the country in the 1980s; such citizens consequently are unable to return to the country.
There were no known instances of forced exile during the year.
e. Denial of Fair Public Trial
The Constitution provides for an independent judiciary, but the two exceptional courts dealing with cases of alleged national security violations were not independent of executive branch control. The regular court system generally displayed considerable independence in civil cases, although political connections and bribery at times influenced verdicts.
The judicial system is composed of the civil and criminal courts, military courts, security courts, and religious courts, which adjudicate matters of personal status such as divorce and inheritance (see Section 5). The Court of Cassation is the highest court of appeal. The Supreme Constitutional Court is empowered to rule on the constitutionality of laws and decrees; it does not hear appeals.
Civil and criminal courts are organized under the Ministry of Justice. Defendants before these courts were entitled to the legal representation of their choice; the courts appoint lawyers for indigents. Defendants were presumed innocent; they are allowed to present evidence and to confront their accusers. Trials are public, except for those involving juveniles or sex offenses. Defendants may appeal their verdicts to a provincial appeals court and ultimately to the Court of Cassation. Such appeals are difficult to win because the courts do not provide verbatim transcripts of cases--only summaries prepared by the presiding judges. There are no juries.
Military courts have the authority to try civilians as well as military personnel. A military prosecutor decides the venue for a civilian defendant. There have been reports that the Government operates military field courts in locations outside established courtrooms. Such courts reportedly observed fewer of the formal procedures of regular military courts.
In September a military court charged lawyer and Chairman of the Syrian Human Rights Committee, Haytham al-Maleh, and three of his associates in abstentia for spreading false news outside of the country, belonging to a political association of an international nature without government approval, and publishing material that causes sectarian friction.
The two security courts are the Supreme State Security Court (SSSC), which tries political and national security cases, and the Economic Security Court (ESC), which tried cases involving financial crimes. Both courts operated under the state of emergency, not ordinary law, and did not observe constitutional provisions safeguarding defendants' rights.
Charges against defendants in the SSSC often were vague. Many defendants appeared to be tried for exercising normal political rights, such as free speech. For example, the Emergency Law authorizes the prosecution of anyone "opposing the goals of the revolution," "shaking the confidence of the masses in the aims of the revolution," or attempting to "change the economic or social structure of the State." Nonetheless, the Government contends that the SSSC tries only persons who have sought to use violence against the State.
Under SSSC procedures, defendants are not present during the preliminary or investigative phase of the trial, during which the prosecutor presents evidence. Trials usually were closed to the public. Lawyers were not ensured access to their clients before the trial and were excluded from the court during their client's initial interrogation by the prosecutor. Lawyers submitted written defense pleas rather than oral presentations. The State's case often was based on confessions, and defendants have not been allowed to argue in court that their confessions were coerced. There was no known instance in which the court ordered a medical examination for a defendant who claimed that he was tortured. The SSSC reportedly has acquitted some defendants, but the Government did not provide any statistics regarding the conviction rate. Defendants do not have the right to appeal verdicts, but sentences are reviewed by the Minister of Interior, who may ratify, nullify, or alter them. The President also may intervene in the review process.
Accurate information regarding the number of cases heard by the SSSC was difficult to obtain, although hundreds of cases were believed to pass through the court annually. Many reportedly involved charges relating to membership in various banned political groups, including the Party of Communist Action and the pro-Iraqi wing of the Ba'th Party. Sentences as long as 15 years have been imposed in the past. Since 1997 there have been no visits by human rights NGOs to attend sessions of the SSSC (see Section 4).
The 10 civil society activists arrested in August and September 2001 were tried in criminal and state security courts. In February independent Parliamentarians Mamun Humsi and Riyad Seif were tried in criminal court proceedings that were open, for the first time, to foreign observers and the press. AI noted that their parliamentary immunity was lifted without due attention to the procedures established by law. Humsi and Seif were denied confidential access to their lawyers throughout their detention and observers noted a number of procedural irregularities during the trials. In March and April, respectively, the Government sentenced Humsi and Seif to 5 years' imprisonment each for attempting to change the constitution illegally and inciting racial and sectarian strife.
During the year, the eight other civil society activists arrested in August and September 2001 were tried in secrecy by the Supreme State Security Court under authority of the Emergency Law. Only the first session of former political prisoner Riad al-Turk's trial was open to the media and international observers. Al-Turk was sentenced to 30 months for attempting to change the Constitution illegally but was released by presidential decree in November (see Section 1.d.). Lawyer and member of Seif and Humsi's defense team, Habib Issa, and physician and cofounder of the Syrian Human Rights Society, Walid al-Buni, were each sentenced to 5 years in prison for attempting to change the Constitution illegally. Economist and regime critic Arif Dalila was sentenced to up to 10 years for the same offense. Civil society activist Habib Saleh received a 3-year sentence for opposing the objectives of the revolution and inciting ethnic and sectarian strife. Hassan Sa'dun, physician and member of the Committee for the Defense of Human Rights, Kamal al-Labwani, and engineer Fawaz Tillu were sentenced respectively to 2, 3, and 5 years in prison for instigating armed mutiny against the Government (see Sections 1.d., 2.a., and 3).
The ESC tried persons for alleged violations of foreign exchange laws and other economic crimes. The prosecution of economic crimes was not applied uniformly. Like the SSSC, the ESC did not ensure due process for defendants. Defendants were not provided adequate access to lawyers to prepare their defenses, and the State's case usually was based on confessions. High-ranking government officials may influence verdicts. Those convicted of the most serious economic crimes do not have the right of appeal, but those convicted of lesser crimes may appeal to the Court of Cassation. The Economic Penal Code allowed defendants in economic courts to be released on bail. The bail provision does not extend to those accused of forgery, counterfeiting, or auto theft; however, the amendment is intended to provide relief for those accused of other economic crimes, many of whom have been in pretrial detention for long periods of time. These amendments to the Economic Penal Code also limit the categories of cases that can be tried in the ESC. In November 2001, the Government approved a general pardon for nonpolitical prisoners and a reduction of sentences by one-third for persons convicted of economic crimes, with a provision to commute sentences entirely for persons who return embezzled funds to investors within 1 year of the law's effective date.
At least two persons arrested when late President Asad took power in 1970 may remain in prison, despite the expiration of one of the prisoners' sentences.
The Government in the past denied that it held political prisoners, arguing that although the aims of some prisoners may be political, their activities, including subversion, were criminal. The official media reported that the 600 beneficiaries of the November 2000 amnesty were political prisoners and detainees; this reportedly was the first time that the Government acknowledged that it held persons for political reasons. Nonetheless, the Emergency Law and the Penal Code are so broad and vague, and the Government's power so sweeping, that many persons were convicted and are in prison for the mere expression of political opposition to the Government. The Government's sentencing of 10 prominent civil society and human rights activists for "crimes of state security" represented a retreat from recent modest attempts at political liberalization (see Sections 1.d. and 2.a.).
The exact number of political prisoners was unknown. Unconfirmed regional press reports estimated the total number of political prisoners at between 400 and 600. In April 2001, a domestic human rights organization estimated the number to be nearly 800, including approximately 130 belonging to the Islamic Liberation Party, 250 members and activists associated with the Muslim Brotherhood, 150 members of the pro-Iraq wing of the Ba'th Party, and 14 Communists. In its report for the year, the Syrian Human Rights Committee estimated that there were approximately 4,000 political prisoners still in detention.
f. Arbitrary Interference with Privacy, Family, Home, or Correspondence
Although laws prohibit such actions, the Emergency Law authorizes the security services to enter homes and conduct searches without warrants if security matters, very broadly defined, are involved. The security services selectively monitored telephone conversations and fax transmissions. The Government opened mail destined for both citizens and foreign residents. It also prevented the delivery of human rights materials (see Section 2.a.).
The Government continued its practice of threatening or detaining the relatives of detainees or of fugitives in order to obtain confessions, minimize outside interference, or prompt the fugitive's surrender (see Section 1.d.). There have been reports that security personnel force prisoners to watch relatives being tortured in order to extract confessions. According to AI, security forces also detained family members of suspected oppositionists (see Section 1.d.).
In the past, the Government and the Ba'th Party monitored and attempted to restrict some citizens' visits to foreign embassies and cultural centers.
Section 2 Respect for Civil Liberties, Including:
a. Freedom of Speech and Press
The Constitution provides for the right to express opinions freely in speech and in writing, but the Government restricted these rights significantly in practice. The Government strictly controlled the dissemination of information and permitted little written or oral criticism of President Asad, his family, the Ba'th Party, the military, or the legitimacy of the Government. The Government also did not permit sectarian issues to be raised. Detention and beatings for individual expressions of opinion that violate these unwritten rules at times occurred. The Government also threatened activists to attempt to control their behavior. In January 2001, novelist Nabil Sulayman was attacked outside his apartment in Latakia. Some observers believed the attack was a message from the Government to civil society advocates to moderate their pressure for reform. The attack came just after Information Minister Adnan 'Umran publicly criticized civil society advocates.
In a speech in February 2001, President Asad explicitly criticized civil society advocates as elites "from outside" who wrongly claim to speak for the majority and said that openness would only be tolerated as long as it "does not threaten the stability of the homeland or the course of development." The Government required all social, political, and cultural forums and clubs to obtain advance official approval for meetings, to obtain approval for lecturers and lecture topics, and to submit lists of all attendees (see Section 2.b.). During the year, several unapproved forums met, which while technically unhindered, were under government observation.
In January 2001, the regional press reported on a "Group of 1,000" intellectuals that issued a statement calling for more comprehensive reforms than those demanded by a group of 99 intellectuals in September 2000. The group's statement called for lifting martial law, ending the state of emergency that has been in effect since 1963, releasing political prisoners, and expanding civil liberties in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. Although the Government did not take action immediately against any of the signatories, in September 2001 it detained seven prominent human rights figures, reportedly charging them under articles in the Penal Code dealing with crimes against state security. A number of those detained were signatories of the "Group of 1,000" petition. The Government tried the 10 civil society and human rights activists in criminal and state security courts and sentenced them to 2 to 10 years in prison for crimes against state security (see Section 1.e.). In December 2000, a local human rights organization published an open letter in a Lebanese newspaper calling for the closure of the notorious Tadmur Prison.
The Emergency Law and Penal Code articles dealing with crimes against state security allow the Government broad discretion in determining what constitutes illegal expression. The Emergency Law prohibits the publication of "false information", which opposes "the goals of the revolution" (see Section 1.e.). Penal Code articles prohibit "attempting to illegally change the Constitution," "preventing authorities from executing their responsibilities," and "acts or speech inciting confessionalism." In August 2001, the Government amended the Press Law to permit the reestablishment of publications that were circulated prior to 1963 and established a framework in which the National Front Parties, as well as other approved private individuals and organizations, would be permitted to publish their own newspapers. However, the same amendments also stipulated imprisonment and stiff financial penalties as part of broad, vague provisions prohibiting the publication of "inaccurate" information, particularly if it "causes public unrest, disturbs international relations, violates the dignity of the state or national unity, affects the morale of the armed forces, or inflicts harm on the national economy and the safety of the monetary system." Persons found guilty of publishing such information were subject to prison terms ranging from 1 to 3 years and fines ranging from $10,000 to $20,000 (500,000 to 1 million Syrian pounds). The amendments also imposed strict punishments on reporters who do not reveal their government sources in response to government requests. Critics claimed that the amendment would increase self-censorship by journalists, and that it strengthened, rather than relaxed, restrictions on the press.
The Government imprisoned journalists for failing to observe press restrictions. Official media reported that journalist Ibrahim Hamidi was arrested on December 23 on charges of "publishing unfounded news," a violation of Article 51 of the 2001 Publication Law. Although the announcement did not specify the violation, it was believed to be a December 20 article in the London-based al-Hayat discussing the Government's contingency planning for possible hostilities in Iraq. At year's end, Hamidi still was detained by authorities and denied contact with his family. State security services were known to threaten local journalists, including with the removal of credentials, for articles printed outside the country. In April and May the Government refused to renew the press credentials and/or residency permits of several journalists for reasons including "ill-intentioned reporting" and "violating the rules for accrediting correspondents and the tradition of the profession of journalism."
The Ministry of Information and the Ministry of Culture and National Guidance censored domestic and imported foreign press. They usually prevent the publication or distribution of any material deemed threatening or embarrassing by the security services to high levels of the Government. Censorship usually was stricter for materials in Arabic. Commonly censored subjects included: The Government's human rights record; Islamic fundamentalism; allegations of official involvement in drug trafficking; aspects of the Government's role in Lebanon; graphic descriptions of sexual activity; material unfavorable to the Arab cause in the Middle East conflict; and material that was offensive to any of the country's religious groups. In addition most journalists and writers practiced self-censorship to avoid provoking a negative government reaction.
There were several new private publications in 2000 and 2001, but only one appeared during this year. In January 2001, the Government permitted publication of the National Progressive Front's (NPF) Communist Party newspaper, The People's Voice. It became the first private paper distributed openly since 1963. In February 2001, the Government permitted publication of the NPF's Union Socialist Party's private newspaper, The Unionist. Also in February 2001, the Government permitted the publication of a private satirical weekly newspaper, The Lamplighter, which criticized politically nonsensitive instances of government waste and corruption. In June 2001, the Government permitted the publication of the private weekly newspaper The Economist, which was critical of the performance of the Government.
In his July 2000 inaugural speech, President Bashar Al-Asad emphasized the principle of media transparency. Since July 2000, both the print and electronic media at times have been critical of Ba'th Party and government performance and have reported openly on a range of social and economic issues. While this relaxation of censorship did not extend to domestic politics or foreign policy issues, it was a notable departure from past practice. Some Damascus-based correspondents for regional Arab media also were able to file reports on internal political issues, such as rumored governmental changes, new political discussion groups, and the possible introduction of new parties to the Ba'th Party-dominated National Progressive Front.
The media continued to broaden somewhat their reporting on regional developments, including the Middle East peace process. The media covered some peace process events factually, but other events were reported selectively to support official views. The government-controlled press increased its coverage of official corruption and governmental inefficiency. A few privately owned newspapers published during the year; foreign-owned, foreign-published newspapers continued to circulate relatively freely.
The Government or the Ba'th Party owned and operated the radio and television companies and most of the newspaper publishing houses. The Ministry of Information closely monitored radio and television news programs to ensure adherence to the government line. The Government did not interfere with broadcasts from abroad. Satellite dishes have proliferated throughout all regions and in neighborhoods of all social and economic categories, and in 2001 the Minister of Economy and Foreign Trade authorized private sector importers to import satellite receivers and visual intercommunication systems.
The Ministry of Culture and National Guidance censored fiction and nonfiction works, including films. It also approved which films may or may not be shown at the cultural centers operated by foreign embassies. The Government prohibited the publication of books and other materials in Kurdish; however, there were credible reports that Kurdish language materials were available in the country (see Section 5).
In 2000 cellular telephone service was introduced although its high cost severely limited the number of subscribers. Internet access and access to e-mail was limited but growing. The Government blocked access to selected Internet sites that contained information deemed politically sensitive or pornographic in nature. The Government also consistently blocked citizens' access to servers that provide free e-mail services. The Government has disrupted telephone services to the offices and residences of several foreign diplomats, allegedly because the lines were used to access Internet providers outside the country.
The Government restricted academic freedom. Public school teachers were not permitted to express ideas contrary to government policy, although authorities allowed somewhat greater freedom of expression at the university level.
b. Freedom of Peaceful Assembly and Association
Freedom of assembly does not exist under the law. Citizens may not hold demonstrations unless they obtain permission from the Ministry of Interior. Most public demonstrations were organized by the Government or the Ba'th Party. The Government selectively permitted some demonstrations, usually for political reasons. The Government applied the restrictions on public assembly in Palestinian refugee camps, where controlled demonstrations have been allowed.
During the year there continued to be numerous demonstrations, most of which were permitted or organized by the Government, and some of which were directed against diplomatic missions and international agencies in reaction to the Israeli Government's use of force against Palestinians in Israel, the West Bank, and Gaza.
In 2000 there were large demonstrations in Suwayda province following violent clashes between Bedouin shepherds and Druze residents of the province (see Sections 1.a. and 5).
The Government restricted freedom of association. During the year, it required private associations to register with authorities and denied several such requests, presumably on political grounds. The Government usually granted registration to groups not engaged in political or other activities deemed sensitive. The Government required political forums and discussion groups to obtain prior approval to hold lectures and seminars and to submit lists of all attendees. Despite these restrictions, during the year several domestic human rights and civil society groups held meetings without registering with the Government or obtaining prior approval for the meetings.
The authorities did not allow the establishment of independent political parties (see Section 3).
The Government sentenced 10 human rights activists who had called for the expansion of civil liberties and organized public dialogue to lengthy prison stays for committing crimes against state security (see Sections 1.d. and 2.a.).
In 1980 the Government dissolved, and then reconstituted under its control, the executive boards of professional associations after some members staged a national strike and advocated an end to the state of emergency. The associations have not been independent since that time and generally are led by members of the Ba'th Party, although nonparty members may serve on their executive boards. At year's end, there was no new information on whether any persons detained in 1980 crackdowns on union and professional association officials remained in detention (see Sections 1.d. and 6.a.).
c. Freedom of Religion
The Constitution provides for freedom of religion, and the Government generally respected this right in practice; however, it imposed restrictions in some areas. The Constitution requires that the President be a Muslim. There is no official state religion; Sunni Muslims constitute the majority of the population.
All religions and orders must register with the Government, which monitors fund raising and requires permits for all meetings by religious groups, except for worship. There is a strict separation of religious institutions and the state. Religious groups tended to avoid any involvement in internal political affairs. The Government in turn generally refrained from becoming involved in strictly religious issues.
The Government considers militant Islam a threat and follows closely the practice of its adherents. The Government has allowed many new mosques to be built; however, sermons are monitored and controlled, and mosques are closed between prayers.
In 1999 and 2000, there were large-scale arrests, and torture in some cases, of Syrian and Palestinian Islamists affiliated with the Muslim Brotherhood and the Islamic Salvation Party (see Sections 1.c. and 1.d.).
Officially all schools are government run and nonsectarian, although some schools are run in practice by Christian, Druze, and Jewish minorities. There is mandatory religious instruction in schools, with government-approved teachers and curriculums. Religion courses are divided into separate classes for Muslim, Druze, and Christian students. Although Arabic is the official language in public schools, the Government permits the teaching of Armenian, Hebrew, Syriac (Aramaic), and Chaldean in some schools on the basis that these are "liturgical languages."
Religious groups are subject to their respective religious laws on marriage, divorce, child custody, and inheritance (see Section 5).
Government policy officially disavows sectarianism of any kind. However, in the case of Alawis, religious affiliation can facilitate access to influential and sensitive posts. For example, members of the President's Alawi sect hold a predominant position in the security services and military, well out of proportion to their percentage of the population, estimated at 12 percent (see Section 3).
For primarily political rather than religious reasons, the less than 100 Jews remaining in the country generally are barred from government employment and do not have military service obligations. Jews are the only religious minority group whose passports and identity cards note their religion.
There generally was little societal discrimination or violence against religious minorities, including Jews.
For a more detailed discussion see the 2002 International Religious Freedom Report.
d. Freedom of Movement Within the Country, Foreign Travel, Emigration, and Repatriation
The Government limited freedom of movement. The Government restricted travel near the Golan Heights. Travel to Israel was illegal. Exit visas generally no longer were required for women, men over 50 years old, and citizens living abroad. Individuals have been denied permission to travel abroad on political grounds, although government officials deny that this practice occurs. The authorities may prosecute any person found attempting to emigrate or to travel abroad illegally, or who has been deported from another country, or who is suspected of having visited Israel. Women over the age of 18 have the legal right to travel without the permission of male relatives. However, a husband or a father may file a request with the Ministry of Interior to prohibit his wife or daughter's departure from the country (see Section 5). Security checkpoints continued, although primarily in military and other restricted areas. There were few police checkpoints on main roads and in populated areas. Generally the security services set up checkpoints to search for smuggled goods, weapons, narcotics, and subversive literature. The searches took place without warrants.
The Government has refused to recognize the citizenship of or to grant identity documents to some persons of Kurdish descent. Their lack of citizenship or identity documents restricts them from traveling to and from the country (see Section 5). Emigres who did not complete mandatory military service may pay a fee to avoid being conscripted while visiting the country.
As of June, 401,185 Palestinian refugees were registered with the U.N. Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) in the country. In general Palestinian refugees no longer report unusual difficulties travelling in and out of the country, as has been the case in the past. The Government restricted entry by Palestinians who were not resident in the country.
Citizens of Arab League countries may enter the country without a visa for a stay of up to 3 months, a period that is renewable on application to government authorities. Residency permits require proof of employment and a fixed address in the country.
The law does not provide for the granting of asylum or refugee status in accordance with the 1951 U.N. Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees or its 1967 Protocol. The Government cooperates on a case-by-case basis with the office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) and other humanitarian organizations in assisting refugees. The Government provides first asylum but is selective about extending protection to refugees; 2,260 persons sought asylum during the year. Although the Government denied that it forcibly repatriated persons with a valid claim to refugee status, it apparently did so in the past. In September there were 3,018 non-Palestinian refugees in the country, all of whom were receiving assistance from the UNHCR, including 1,812 refugees of Iraqi origin.
Section 3 Respect for Political Rights: The Right of Citizens to Change Their Government
Although citizens vote for the President and Members of Parliament, they did not have the right to change their government. The late President Hafiz Al-Asad was confirmed by unopposed referenda five times after taking power in 1970. His son, Bashar Al-Asad, also was confirmed by an unopposed referendum in July 2000. The Government is headed by a Cabinet, which the President has the discretion to change. Political opposition to the President is vigorously suppressed. The President and his senior aides, particularly those in the military and security services, ultimately make most basic decisions in political and economic life, with a very limited degree of public accountability. Moreover the Constitution mandates that the Ba'th Party is the ruling party and is ensured a majority in all government and popular associations, such as workers' and women's groups. Six smaller political parties are permitted to exist and, along with the Ba'th Party, make up the National Progressive Front (NPF), a grouping of parties that represents the sole framework of legal political party participation for citizens. While created to give the appearance of a multiparty system, the NPF is dominated by the Ba'th Party and does not change the essentially one-party character of the political system. Non-Ba'th Party members of the NPF exist as political parties largely in name only and conform strictly to Ba'th Party and government policies. In 2000 there were reports that the Government was considering legislation to expand the NPF to include new parties and several parties previously banned; however, at year's end, there were no new developments.
The Ba'th Party dominates the Parliament, which is known as the People's Council. Although parliamentarians may criticize policies and modify draft laws, the executive branch retains ultimate control over the legislative process. The Government has allowed independent non-NPF candidates to run for a limited allotment of seats in the 250-member People's Council. The allotment of non-NPF deputies was 83, ensuring a permanent absolute majority for the Ba'th Party-dominated NPF. Elections for the 250 seats in the People's Council last took place in 1998.
In March and April, the Government sentenced independent Members of Parliament Ma'mun Humsi and Riad Seif to 5 year prison terms for attempting to illegally change the Constitution (see Section 1.d.).
Persons convicted by the State Security Court may be deprived of their political rights after they are released from prison. Such restrictions include a prohibition against engaging in political activity, the denial of passports, and a bar on accepting government jobs and some other forms of employment. The duration of such restrictions is 7 years after expiration of the sentence in the case of felony convictions; however, in practice the restrictions may continue beyond that period. The Government contends that this practice is mandated by the Penal Code; it has been in effect since 1949.
Women and minorities, with the exception of the Jewish population and stateless Kurds (see Section 5), participated in the political system without restriction. There were 2 female cabinet ministers, and 26 of the 250 members of Parliament were women. No figures of the percentage of women and minorities who vote were available; however, citizens are required by law to vote.
Section 4 Governmental Attitude Regarding International and Nongovernmental Investigation of Alleged Violations of Human Rights
The Government did not allow domestic human rights groups to exist legally. Human rights groups have operated legally but ultimately were banned by the Government. The Government's sentencing of 10 civil society leaders this year to lengthy prison sentences stifled the activities of human rights activists and organizations (see Sections 1.d., 1.e., and 2.a.).
In February 2001, Human Rights Watch criticized the Government for restricting civil society groups from meeting. Human Rights Watch claimed that such groups had grown in popularity in the preceding months, but that on February 18, 2001 the Government informed many leaders of such groups that their meetings could not be held without government permission.
The Government has met only twice with international human rights organizations: Human Rights Watch in 1995 and Amnesty International in 1997.
As a matter of policy, the Government in its dealings with international groups denied that it commits human rights abuses. It has not permitted representatives of international organizations to visit prisons. The Government stated that it responds in writing to all inquiries from NGOs regarding human rights issues, including the cases of individual detainees and prisoners, through an interagency governmental committee established expressly for that purpose. The Government usually responds to queries from human rights organizations and foreign embassies regarding specific cases by claiming that the prisoner in question has violated national security laws.
Section 5 Discrimination Based on Race, Sex, Disability, Language, or Social Status
The Constitution provides for equal rights and equal opportunity for all citizens. However, in practice membership in the Ba'th Party or close familial relations with a prominent party member or powerful government official can be important for economic, social, or educational advancement. Party or government connections paved the way for entrance into better elementary and secondary schools, access to lucrative employment, and greater power within the Government, the military, and the security services. Certain prominent positions, such as that of provincial governor, were reserved solely for Ba'th Party members. Apart from some discrimination against Jews and stateless Kurds, there were no apparent patterns of systematic government discrimination based on race, sex, disability, language, or social status. However, there were varying degrees of societal discrimination in each of these areas.
Women
Violence against women occurred, but there were no reliable statistics regarding the prevalence of domestic violence or sexual assault. The vast majority of cases likely were unreported, and victims generally were reluctant to seek assistance outside the family. Battered women have the legal right to seek redress in court, but few do so because of the social stigma attached to such action. The Syrian Women's Federation offers services to battered wives to remedy individual family problems. The Syrian Family Planning Association also attempts to deal with this problem. Some private groups, including the Family Planning Association, have organized seminars on violence against women, which were reported by the government press. There are a few private, nonofficial, specifically designated shelters or safe havens for battered women who seek to flee their husbands.
Rape is a felony; however, there are no laws against spousal rape.
Prostitution is prohibited by law, and it was not a widespread problem.
The law specifically provides for reduced sentences in "honor" crimes (violent assaults with intent to kill against a female by a male for alleged sexual misconduct). Instances of honor crimes were rare and occurred primarily in rural areas in which Bedouin customs prevail.
The law prohibits sexual harassment and specifies different punishments depending on whether the victim is a minor or an adult. Sexual harassment was rarely reported.
The Constitution provides for equality between men and women and equal pay for equal work. Moreover the Government has sought to overcome traditional discriminatory attitudes toward women and encourages women's education. However, the Government has not yet changed personal status, retirement, and social security laws that discriminate against women. In addition, some secular laws discriminate against women. For example, under criminal law, the punishment for adultery for a woman is twice that as for the same crime committed by a man.
Christians, Muslims, and other religious groups are subject to their respective religious laws on marriage, divorce, and inheritance. For Muslims, personal status law on divorce is based on Shari'a (Islamic law), and some of its provisions discriminate against women. For example, husbands may claim adultery as grounds for divorce, but wives face more difficulty in presenting the same argument. If a woman requests a divorce from her husband, she may not be entitled to child support in some instances. In addition, under the law a woman loses the right to custody of boys when they reach age 9 and girls at age 12.
Inheritance for Muslims also is based on Shari'a. Accordingly Muslim women usually are granted half of the inheritance share of male heirs. However, Shari'a mandates that male heirs provide financial support to the female relatives who inherit less. If they do not, females have the right to sue.
Polygyny is legal but is practiced only by a small minority of Muslim men.
A husband may request that his wife's travel abroad be prohibited (see Section 2.d.). Women generally are barred from travelling abroad with their children unless they are able to prove that the father has granted permission for the children to travel.
Women participated actively in public life and were represented in most professions, including the military. Women were not impeded from owning or managing land or other real property. Women constituted approximately 7 percent of judges, 10 percent of lawyers, 57 percent of teachers below university level, and 20 percent of university professors.
Children
There was no legal discrimination between boys and girls in education or in health care. The Government provides free, public education from primary school through university. Education is compulsory for all children, male or female, between the ages of 6 and 12. According to the Syrian Women's Union, approximately 46 percent of the total number of students through the secondary level are female. Nevertheless, societal pressure for early marriage and childbearing interferes with girls' educational progress, particularly in rural areas, in which the dropout rates for female students remained high.
The Government provides medical care for children until the age of 18.
Although there are cases of child abuse, there is no societal pattern of abuse against children. The law provides for severe penalties for those found guilty of the most serious abuses against children.
Child prostitution and trafficking in children are rare; incidents that arise mainly involve destitute orphans.
The law emphasizes the need to protect children, and the Government has organized seminars regarding the subject of child welfare.
Persons with Disabilities
The law prohibits discrimination against persons with disabilities and seeks to integrate them into the public sector work force. However, implementation is inconsistent. Regulations reserving four percent of government and public sector jobs for persons with disabilities are not implemented rigorously. Persons with disabilities may not legally challenge alleged instances of discrimination. There are no laws that mandate access to public buildings for persons with disabilities.
National/Racial/Ethnic Minorities
The Government generally permitted national and ethnic minorities to conduct traditional, religious, and cultural activities; however, the Government's attitude toward the Kurdish minority was a significant exception. Although the Government contends that there was no discrimination against the Kurdish population, it placed limits on the use and teaching of the Kurdish language. It also restricted the publication of books and other materials written in Kurdish (see Section 2.a.), Kurdish cultural expression, and, at times, the celebration of Kurdish festivals. The Government tacitly accepted the importation and distribution of Kurdish language materials, particularly in the northeast region where most of the Kurds in the country reside. Some members of the Kurdish community have been tried by the Supreme State Security Court for expressing support for greater Kurdish autonomy or independence. Although the Government stopped the practice of stripping Kurds of their Syrian nationality (some 120,000 had lost Syrian nationality under this program in the 1960s), it never restored the nationality to those who lost it earlier. As a result, those who had lost their nationality, and their children, have been unable to obtain passports, or even identification cards and birth certificates. Without Syrian nationality, these stateless Kurds, who according to UNHCR estimates number approximately 200,000, are unable to own land, are not permitted to practice as doctors or engineers or be employed by the Government, are ineligible for admission to public hospitals, have no right to vote, and cannot travel to and from the country. They also encounter difficulties in enrolling their children in school, and in some cases, in registering their marriages.
In November 2000, a number of armed clashes occurred between Bedouin shepherds and Druze residents of Suwayda Province that required government military intervention to stop. Local press reported that between 15 and 20 Druze, Bedouin, and security forces personnel were killed. There were large demonstrations following the deaths (see Sections 1.a. and 2.b.).
In August President Asad became the first president in 40 years to visit Hasakeh province in the northeast, where most Kurds reside. In meetings with regional and Kurdish leaders, he reportedly acknowledged the importance of Kurds to the local cultural heritage and stated his willingness to discuss citizenship problems.
Section 6 Worker Rights
a. The Right of Association
Although the Constitution provides for this right, workers were not free to establish unions independent of the Government. All unions must belong to the General Federation of Trade Unions (GFTU), which is dominated by the Ba'th Party and is in fact a part of the State's bureaucratic structure. The GFTU is an information channel between political decision-makers and workers. The GFTU transmits instructions downward to the unions and workers but also conveys information to decision-makers about worker conditions and needs. The GFTU advises the Government on legislation, organizes workers, and formulates rules for various member unions. The GFTU president is a senior member of the Ba'th Party. He and his deputy may attend cabinet meetings on economic affairs. The GFTU controls nearly all aspects of union activity.
There were no reports of antiunion discrimination. Since the unions are part of the Government's bureaucratic structure, they are protected by law from antiunion discrimination.
The GFTU is affiliated with the International Confederation of Arab Trade Unions.
In 1992 the country's eligibility for tariff preferences under the U.S. Generalized System of Preferences was suspended because the Government failed to afford internationally recognized worker rights to workers.
b. The Right to Organize and Bargain Collectively
The right to organize and bargain collectively does not exist in any meaningful sense. Government representatives were part of the bargaining process in the public sector. In the public sector, unions did not normally bargain collectively on wage issues, but there was some evidence that union representatives participated with representatives of employers and the supervising ministry in establishing minimum wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Workers serve on the boards of directors of public enterprises, and union representatives always are included on the boards.
The law provides for collective bargaining in the private sector, although past repression by the Government dissuaded most workers from exercising this right.
Unions have the right to litigate disputes over work contracts and other workers' interests with employers and may ask for binding arbitration. In practice labor and management representatives settle most disputes without resort to legal remedies or arbitration. Management has the right to request arbitration, but that right seldom is exercised. Arbitration usually occurs when a worker initiates a dispute over wages or severance pay.
The law does not prohibit strikes; however, previous government crackdowns deterred workers from striking. In 1980 the security forces arrested many union and professional association officials who planned a national strike. Some of them are believed to remain in detention, either without trial or after being tried by the State Security Court (see Sections 1.d. and 2.b.). During the year, there were no strikes.
There are no unions in the seven free trade zones. Firms in the zones are exempt from the laws and regulations governing hiring and firing, although they must observe some provisions on health, safety, hours, and sick and annual leave.
c. Prohibition of Forced or Bonded Labor
There is no law prohibiting forced or bonded labor, including that performed by children. There were no reports of forced or bonded labor by children, or forced labor involving foreign workers or domestic servants. Forced labor has been imposed as a punishment for some convicted prisoners.
d. Status of Child Labor Practices and Minimum Age for Employment
The Labor Law provides for the protection of children from exploitation in the workplace; however, the Government tolerated child labor in some instances. Independent information and audits regarding government enforcement were not available. The compulsory age for schooling is 6 to 12 years of age; however, in 2000 the Parliament approved legislation that raised the private sector minimum age for employment from 12 to 15 years for most types of nonagricultural labor, and from 16 to 18 years for heavy work. Working hours for youths of legal age do not differ from those established for adults. In all cases, parental permission is required for children under the age of 16. The law prohibits children from working at night. However, the law applies only to children who work for a salary. Those who work in family businesses and who technically are not paid a salary--a common phenomenon--do not fall under the law. Children under the age of 16 are prohibited by law from working in mines, at petroleum sites, or in other dangerous fields. Children are not allowed to lift, carry, or drag heavy objects. The exploitation of children for begging purposes also is prohibited. The Government claims that the expansion of the private sector has led to more young children working.
The Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs monitored employment conditions for persons under the age of 18, but it does not have enough inspectors to ensure compliance with the laws. The Ministry has the authority to specify the industries in which children 15 and 16 years of age may work.
The Labor Inspection Department performed unannounced spot checks of employers on a daily basis to enforce the law; however, the scope of these checks was unknown. The majority of children under age 16 who work did so for their parents in the agricultural sector without remuneration. The ILO reported in 1998 that 10.5 percent of children under the age of 18 participate in the labor force, which amounts to 4.7 percent of the total work force.
The law does not prohibit forced or bonded labor by children; however, such practices were not known to occur.
e. Acceptable Conditions of Work
The Minister of Labor and Social Affairs is responsible for enforcing minimum wage levels in the public and private sectors. In May the Government increased public sector minimum wages by 20 percent to $69 (3,175 Syrian pounds) per month, plus other compensation (for example, meals, uniforms, and transportation). In August the Government announced a 20 percent increase in private sector minimum wages. The gain in minimum wage levels was largely cancelled out by the increase in prices. These wages did not provide a decent standard of living for a worker and family. As a result, many workers in both the public and private sectors take additional jobs or are supported by their extended families.
The statutory workweek for administrative staff is 6 days of
6 hours each, and laborers work 6 days a week of 8 hours each. In some cases a 9-hour workday is permitted. The laws mandate one 24-hour rest day per week. Rules and regulations severely limit the ability of an employer to dismiss employees without cause. Even if a person is absent from work without notice for a long period, the employer must follow a lengthy procedure of trying to find the person and notify him, including through newspaper notices, before he is able to take any action against the employee. Dismissed employees have the right of appeal to a committee of representatives from the union, management, the Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs, and the appropriate municipality. Such committees usually find in favor of the employee. Dismissed employees are entitled to 80 percent of salary benefits while the dispute is under consideration. No additional back wages are awarded should the employer be found at fault, nor are wage penalties imposed in cases in which the employer is not found at fault. The law does not protect temporary workers who are not subject to regulations on minimum wages. Small private firms and businesses employ such workers to avoid the costs associated with hiring permanent employees.
The law mandates safety in all sectors, and managers are expected to implement them fully. In practice there is little enforcement without worker complaints, which occur infrequently despite government efforts to post notices regarding safety rights and regulations. Large companies, such as oil field contractors, employ safety engineers.
The ILO noted in 1998 that a provision in the Labor Code allowing employers to keep workers at the workplace for as many as 11 hours a day might lead to abuse. However, there have been no reports of such abuses. Officials from the Ministries of Health and Labor are designated to inspect work sites for compliance with health and safety standards; however, such inspections appear to be sporadic, apart from those conducted in hotels and other facilities that cater to foreigners. The enforcement of labor laws in rural areas also is more lax than in urban areas, where inspectors are concentrated. Workers may lodge complaints about health and safety conditions, with special committees established to adjudicate such cases. Workers have the right to remove themselves from hazardous conditions without risking loss of employment.
The law provides protection for foreign workers who reside legally in the country; but not for illegal workers. There were no credible estimates available on the number of illegal workers in the country.
f. Trafficking in Persons
There are no laws that specifically prohibit trafficking in persons; however, there were no reports that persons were systematically being trafficked to, from, or within the country. Standard labor laws could be applied in the event of allegations of trafficking. The Penal Code penalizes prostitution and trafficking of citizen women abroad.
This site is managed by the Bureau of Public Affairs, U.S. Department of State.


Posted by maximpost at 11:43 PM EST
Permalink

>> AAHH - THE LIBERAL CANADIANS?

No asylum in Canada for N Korean diplomat
By David Scofield

SEOUL - Canada, one of the world's most generous countries when it comes to immigration and political asylum, has said "no" to the request for refugee status from a defecting North Korean trade official with a high-level posting in China. Still, he won't be deported and might even become a Canadian resident in three years.

Though defector Song-dae Ri, pleading that he wanted freedom for his son, is likely to get a three-year stay and may never have to leave Canada, the case raises serious questions both about humanitarian issues and how to treat defectors who occupied positions of trust and influence in notoriously oppressive regimes.

Canada's Immigration and Refugee Board generated controversy last week by refusing Ri's request for official refugee status, generally known elsewhere as political asylum. His son, now six, was given permission to remain.

"While [Ri] may not have personally committed any atrocities ... I believe that on a balance of probabilities he was aware of the North Korean government's excesses ... and waited 10 years" to leave, said board member Bonnie Milliner in ruling on its behalf.

"He was a high-level North Korean government official with weighty responsibilities," she said, adding that he was "not deserving" of Canada's protection.

China is by far the most important economic and political ally of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) and Ri was posted to the embassy in Beijing before he defected to Canada with his wife and son in August 2001, saying he wanted to ensure for his child a future free of fear and oppression. He and his wife got out of Beijing using fake South Korean passports that he said he secured through a South Korean businessman.

His wife returned to North Korea and was executed, he said, arguing that he has a well-founded fear of persecution, or execution, if he returns from Toronto. And the Canadian government indicates it agrees that he would probably be executed for treason if he returned; as the case unfolds, Ri may well be eligible for residency in three years.

Those who aid and abet despots not (usually) welcome
Ri's application for political asylum raises issues of eligibility and access that must be addressed by all countries settling the world's legitimate refugees. In Canada the message was clear: non-members of the Pyongyang regime are welcome, but those who aid and abet despots are not - or not usually.

Canada's refugee classifications are among the worlds's most liberal. While helping thousands to acquire new lives free of persecution and fear, immigration officials have also been duped by some who exploited the system for gain or to promote personal, sometimes violent agendas abroad. In 1993, for example, Canadians were stunned to learn that a Somali refugee claimant was sending her US$2,000 monthly welfare allotment back to her husband, a Mogadishu warlord who used the funds to buy weapons and promote violence and instability. It was not the finest hour for Canada's immigration authorities.

The embarrassing incident drove home the necessity of strict adherence to refugee guidelines, specifically those that relate to the handling of former members of unsavory regimes. As a general rule, those who help a regime maintain its grip on power or fortify its ability to oppress its people are not eligible for refugee status. The Somalia example illustrates how well-meaning programs can be perverted into protecting and funding some of the world's most dangerous individuals and reviled leaders.

To some observers, however, Canada's ruling against the North Korean asylum-seeker appeared unnecessarily harsh.

Ri, the trade official, maintains that he was a low-level government functionary, unaware of and unable to counter the injustice and abuse that pervades the system he worked for. His resume, however, suggests otherwise. Ri was a diplomat, a rare find in itself given that North Korea maintains only 16 missions globally. Furthermore, far from functioning on the remote frontiers, Ri was posted to the DPRK's most important trading partner, China.

Within the DPRK foreign-policy arena, his responsibilities were among the most important and his work in "trade" was crucial to North Korea's inner circle. In the case of North Korea, trade might better be described as the acquisition and proliferation of products and services - both legal and illicit - vital for the maintenance of the regime.

Ri's claims risible
Ri declared he was insignificant, a cog in the wheel, merely "number 7 million" in the regime's bureaucratic organization, in which leader Kim Jong-il is No 1. Critics call his statements disingenuous, inviting speculation about what else he might have been less than forthcoming about.

Ri competed to join a government system that classifies at least half the country's population of 26 million as "untrusted" - unreliable or disloyal - but he was awarded an international position of trust within this system that requires an elevated status and party loyalty above reproach. Ri's critics say he personally may not have imprisoned his fellow countrymen in the much-publicized gulags that dot the country, but his 10 years of work, beginning during the most desperate years of North Korea's famine, directly helped his bosses carry out their inhuman policies.

He was - or is - complicit in the system that maintains the DPRK, and it is right that the Canadians acknowledged this, according to Ri's critics. And while these same critics support Canada's rejection of his refugee status application, they deplore the fact that he will remain in Canada, probably for at least three years.

Given Canada's liberal traditions and the Byzantine nature of its citizenship and immigration regulations, there's little chance Ri will be leaving Toronto any time soon. The denial that came from the Immigration and Refugee Board (IRB) is just the beginning; the next stage is a hearing designed to determine the risk to the applicant upon his return. He, like most seeking political asylum in the West, say they face persecution or death if they return to their native countries.

The IRB has already acknowledged the danger to Ri's life should he return, thus deportation is unlikely.

According to immigration officials, the case will likely end with Ri being granted a three-year stay so that he will remain with his son in Canada. Officially he will be without the benefit of state funds and privileges, though this is a misnomer, as officials agreed that if he demanded health care, for example, he would probably get it. Providing Ri isn't caught associating with the Pyongyang regime, or trying clandestinely to supply his former employers with Canadian secrets, he will be eligible for residency at the end of three years.

Precedent could tempt senior DPRK officials
Observers consider this unfortunate, arguing that the IRB was right to deny his application. If a senior player in the North Korean regime is entitled to refugee benefits, it is very conceivable that others within the regime and perhaps even some of DPRK leader Kim Jong-il's family would avail themselves of their privilege and relative freedom of movement to flee the region. They too could demand refugee status and cite the Ri case as a precedent.

Those with the most blood on their hands are often the most able to flee totalitarian regimes, since the powerful and ignoble are also those with access to the foreign currency and the connections necessary to make good their escape.

The paucity of refugees fleeing North Korea is perverse proof of the integrity of the nation's internal security apparatus and the reluctance of China to allow North Koreans passage through its territory. Well-meaning initiatives like Canada's designed to encourage refugee movement out of the DPRK attract applicants like Ri, the well-heeled minority within the impoverished majority of North Korea. The tragic paradox: the prison-like nature of North Korea ensures that those with the means of arriving on the shores of North America tend to be the oppressors, not the oppressed.

Critics of Canada's denial of asylum contend that the man has a son who already has been admitted legally to Canada. They argue that since Ri's wife reportedly was executed upon her return to North Korea in 2002, to send Ri back would mean the effective orphaning of his son - a reprehensible state of affairs. The only solution, they argue, is to hold their noses and accept a bad situation, not make it worse.

But if his return is virtually impossible, there should not necessarily be any immutable right of people like Ri to asylum in Canada, say critics of Pyongyang and its officials. There are 138 parties to the 1967 Protocol Relating to the Status of Refugees, the treaty underpinning the rights and defining the nature of international refugees, yet a handful of nations accept the vast majority of the world's refugees, legitimate or not.

If settlement in a third country is not possible for Ri, Canada could tap the knowledge and experience of the former North Korean government official - that's what he was - to expose and disseminate the truth about the DPRK. As a condition of settlement in Canada, Ri could be required to travel nationwide to speak at universities, community centers and libraries, educating the people about the ideology, repression and abuses of North Korea.

At the same time, Ri could raise money to help those most deserving of protection - the destitute North Koreans who huddle in constant fear of deportation in the China-DPRK border region. In sharp contrast to the time he spent working to empower the DPRK and its leadership, Ri's time now should be spent working to alleviate the suffering of his countrymen. As a man who benefited greatly from a system that regularly demonstrates depraved indifference to human life, this would seem to be the least he could do.

David Scofield is a lecturer at the Graduate Institute of Peace Studies, Kyung Hee University, Seoul.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)


Posted by maximpost at 10:21 PM EST
Permalink

>> PALACE INTRIGUE?

Happy Birthday, Dear Leader - who's next in line?
By Yoel Sano

The scepter in the Hermit Kingdom passed from the Great Leader to the Dear Leader - and will he in turn pass it on to his youngest son, already extolled by some as the Morning Star King?
The lack of fanfare surrounding North Korean leader Kim Jong-il's birthday celebrations this year has much to do with his inauspicious age, 62. It lacks the symbolism of 60, an important Korean milestone, described as hwangap, completing one big circle or life cycle and beginning another. However, as the Dear Leader celebrates his birthday on Monday, it is precisely because of his chronological age that the question of succession must be weighing on his mind, even as it tantalizes Korea watchers.
The Great Leader Kim Il-sung was succeeded by his son, the current and Dear Leader Kim Jong-il, and who will succeed him has Pyongyang watchers watching closely for omens, signs in the heavens, entrails or tea leaves. Could it be the oldest disgraced - and possibly illegitimate - son, the middle son dismissed as "effeminate" by his father, or the younger son now called by some "The Morning Star King." It's far from settled and the family saga is in its early stages.
Because Kim leads a regime long cemented by vested interests, the process of succession should be relatively painless, though regime collapse in an impoverished nation maintained by a brutal hierarchy is possible. Too many concessions to the United States, Japan and South Korea over the nuclear issue could undermine the current regime. Still, Kim assumes - and so do most observers - that he will stay in power. The main issue therefore is not if the regime will survive, but which of his three sons is standing next in line.
Kim inherited power from his own father, the late "Great Leader", Kim Il-sung, and it is inconceivable that any organized succession process will not involve one of Kim Jong-il's own sons. Given the fact that the Dear Leader himself was groomed for the top leadership position for more than 20 years, he will presumably want plenty of time to prepare whichever of his sons he chooses for the role. He has several daughters, but the highly patriarchal nature of the regime and most East Asian societies precludes a female successor.
Kim Jong-il was his father's eldest son and was chosen as successor for this reason. Traditionally, the eldest son is the natural successor in any dynastic succession, so in theory, the identity of Kim Jong-il's successor should be obvious: his eldest son, Kim Jong-nam, born on May 10, 1971, to his second wife, Sung Hye-rim, a leading actress in North Korea.
Eldest 'bad boy' son may be illegitimate
Kim Jong-il's first marriage in 1966 was to Hong Il-chon, with whom he had a daughter, Kim Hye-kyong, in 1967. But within the space of a few years, Kim apparently separated from Hong in favor of Sung. This, however, is where the succession process gets complicated. It is not known whether Kim Jong-il ever actually married Sung, and it has been suggested that his eldest son Kim Jong-nam - the obvious heir-apparent - may have been illegitimate, and not so apparently the next in line.
Evidence seems to point in that direction. According to Kim Jong-il's adopted daughter, Ri Nam-ok - who is actually the daughter of Sung's sister, and who defected to Western Europe in 1997 - Kim Il-sung never knew of his first grandson, and would not have approved of his son's liaison or conjugal partnership with Sung. As such, the senior Kim apparently arranged for young Jong-il to marry a general's daughter, Kim Yong-suk in 1973. This union resulted in the birth of at least one child, a daughter, Kim Sol-song, in 1974. According to some reports, there may have been other offspring, but Kim Sol-song is the only one definitely known. As in many other ruling dynasties, the details of Kim Jong-il's private life are rather sketchy.
In 1980, Kim Jong-il married again. This time to Japanese-born ethnic Korean dancer, Ko Yong-hui, who bore him two sons, Kim Jong-chol in 1981 and Kim Jong-un in 1983. Though Kim Jong-nam may appear to be Kim Jong-il's obvious successor, because of the uncertainty of his legitimacy, over the past three years, attention has turned to the latter of Kim's sons.
And, indeed, while it appears that Kim Jong-nam had initially been in line for the succession - having been appointed to a senior post in the domestic intelligence agency and also placed in charge of North Korea's fledgling information technology industry - he subsequently fell from favor after May 2001. In that month he was very publicly arrested and deported from Tokyo's Narita International Airport, with his son and two female aides, after attempting to enter the country on a false Dominican Republic passport. Adding to the bizarre scenario, he had apparently been seeking to visit Tokyo Disneyland - although it has not been ruled out that he was on a sensitive mission to acquire Japanese technology.
Kim Jong-nam's weakened position became even more apparent in 2002, when he spent much of the year in Russia, tending to his sick mother Sung Hye-rim, who had been living in Moscow after falling out with Kim Jong-il many years earlier. Sung passed away from natural causes in August 2002.
May the best Jong win
Just after his mother's death, another development increased Kim Jong-nam's marginalization. At the end of August 2002, Japan's Jiji Press, citing Chinese diplomatic sources, reported that a hitherto unknown son of Kim Jong-il - named Kim Hyon (also known as Kim Hyon-nam, then aged 30) - had been appointed head of the Propaganda and Agitation Department of the ruling Korean Worker's Party (KWP). Given that Kim Jong-il had himself once headed this department when he began his political ascendancy in the early 1970s, speculation naturally arose that the younger Kim Hyon was being groomed to succeed his father.
However, nothing more has been heard about Kim Hyon, raising doubts about the veracity of Jiji's story.
By early 2003 reports emerged that the Korean People's Army (KPA) had begun a propaganda campaign centering on the personality of Ko Yong-hui - although in typical to North Korean fashion, without actually naming her. A similar campaign had been created for Kim Jong-il's long-deceased mother, Kim Jong-suk, ahead of his succession, and as such, the development points to one of Ko's sons, rather than the bad-behaving and possibility illegitimate Kim Jong-nam or the perceived late entry, Kim-hyon, as the heir-apparent.
Attention naturally turned to the elder of the two brothers, Kim Jong-chol, and Newsweek magazine published a dated and blurred black and white photograph of him during his school days in Switzerland. More recently, though, the emphasis has been on the younger brother, Kim Jong-un (also spelled Kim Jong-woon). The main proponent of this theory is Kim Jong-il's former Japanese sushi chef, Kenji Fujimoto (a pseudonym), who, in his memoir, published in Japan, stated that Kim regards Jong-chol as too effeminate, and Jong-un to be more like his father.
Complicating this complicated picture, however, were reports in October 2003 that Ko Yong-hui had been critically injured in a car accident. Other reports suggested that she was suffering from breast cancer. Her current status is unknown, and any disagreement over the succession could potentially cause problems for the process. Although Ko has no formal role in the process, she presumably wields some influence over Kim Jong-il's decision.
In this regard, Kim Jong-il will be keen to avoid any schisms developing within the ruling family, as happened with his own succession. Kim himself displaced his father's younger brother, Kim Yong-yu, from the position of heir apparent in the early 1970s. Kim Yong-ju subsequently vanished from public life in 1975, and would not reappear until July 1993, only to be appointed one of North Korea's four vice presidents later in that year. This move was said to be aimed at reassuring North Korea's old guard that a massive generational shift would not take place once Kim Jong-il took power.
In addition, it seems that Kim Jong-il had to stave off a challenge from his half-brother, Kim Pyong-il, the oldest son of his hated stepmother, Kim Song-ae. Pyong-il was widely said to have been better leadership material, possessing greater skills and having served as a major general and deputy director of the strategy bureau at the Ministry of People's Security in the 1980s. However, because Kim Jong-il saw him as a rival, and Kim Song-ae favored Pyong-il as successor, he was sent abroad in 1988 as ambassador to Hungary, followed by Bulgaria, Finland, and most recently, Poland, in order to keep him out of Pyongyang politics. Another half-brother, Kim Yong-il, died of cirrhosis of the liver in May 2000 in Germany, where he had been serving as counselor at the North Korean interests office.
Military backing key to smooth succession
One thing that is certain is that whoever succeeds Kim Jong-il will have to win the support of the powerful Korean People's Army. The 1.1 million-strong military is the only institution that can challenge the regime. Indeed, the power and profile of top military leaders has increased substantially under Kim Jong-il, who relies on the armed forces to maintain order and stability in the face of widespread famine and economic decay. While Kim Il-sung was alive, the generals mainly kept out of the limelight. However, senior commanders now accompany Kim Jong-il on virtually all his public appearances, reinforcing the image of a military state.
Kim Jong-il has ruled North Korea exclusively as supreme commander of the army since his father's death in July 1994. Since that time, Kim Jong-il has very skillfully won the backing of the Korean People's Army by waiting for the natural demise of some of the octogenarian veterans of his father's anti-Japanese guerrilla struggle - such as former defense ministers O Jin-u and Choe Kwang - to pass away through natural aging. And he has appointed his own loyalists to key positions. The most important of these are Vice-Marshal Jo Myong-rok, the first vice-chairman of the National Defense Commission (NDC) and head of the KPA's political bureau; Vice-Marshal Kim Yong-chun, the chief of the general staff; and Vice-Marshal Kim Il-chol, the minister of the People's Armed Forces - North Korea's system of defense. More recently, General Ri Myong-Su, the director of the operations bureau of the general staff, and KPA political bureau deputy directors Hyon Chol-Hae and Pak Jae-gyong have gained prominence. These men form the core of Kim Jong-Il's power base in the army.
Kim Jong-il's moves to control the military have been a remarkable success, considering that for many years prior to 1994, it was said that the KPA disliked the Dear Leader so much that it would depose him in a coup immediately after Kim Il-sung left the scene. Kim Pyong-il, with his military background, was often mentioned as a possible military-backed replacement.
However, Great Leader Kim Il-sung gradually phased out senior officers who would pose a threat to his son, Jong-il's succession, and in December 1991 he appointed Jong-il as supreme commander of the army, despite the fact that he had no military experience, except for a brief unconfirmed stint at the East German Air Force Academy in the early 1960s. Kim Jong-il was subsequently elevated to the rank of Marshal of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea in April 1992 and then a year later to chairman of the National Defense Commission - a post that he now holds as head of state.
Kim Jong-il has also successfully bound his family to the top ranks of the military structure through his full sister Kim Kyong-hui's husband, Jang Song-taek, who serves as the first vice director of the Korean Workers Party 's organization and guidance department, headed by Kim Jong-il himself. Jang's eldest brother, Jang Song-u, is a KPA vice marshal and commands the Third Army Corps, which surrounds the city of Pyongyang. According to Sin Kyong-wan, a former KWP official, the second-oldest brother, Jang Song-yop, is the vice director of the Kim Il-sung Higher Party School. A younger brother, Jang Song-Gil, is a lieutenant general and tank commander, while the youngest, Jang Song-ho, is a political vice president of the Mangyongdae Revolutionary School - an elite establishment which Kim Jong-il and many top leaders attended.
Kim Jong-il has nurtured the army
In any case, the KPA - which has increased its influence under Kim Jong-il - benefits from his continued rule, adopting a Military First Policy under the banner of "Kangsong Taeguk" - a great and militarily powerful nation. The military's position allows it to guide national policy without having to take administrative blame for North Korea's ongoing economic problems. As such, the KPA has a vested interest in a stable succession, especially since many senior military leaders are developing business interests as heads of military-dominated conglomerates. The largest such enterprise, Chungwoonsan, is headed by Vice Marshal Jo Myong-rok, according to North Korea watcher Selig Harrison.
Although there have been several reports of coup attempts - most notably in 1992, by a group of Soviet-trained perestroika [restructuring]-oriented generals, and again in 1995, by elements of the Sixth Army Corps in remote North Hamgyong province - none has come remotely close to succeeding because of the efficiency of the security apparatus.
There are really only two circumstances in which a military coup would take place. First, if the economy continues to disintegrate, and national survival becomes an issue, "reformist" elements in the Korean People's Army may conclude that North Korea is better off without the Korean Worker's Party and Kim Jong-il. The second scenario involves Kim Jong-il making too many concessions over North Korea's nuclear program to the United States, South Korea, or Japan, and accelerating economic reforms that cause social unrest. The latter situation could lead to a "reactionary" coup of the sort that befell Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev in August 1991.
Another reason why a second dynastic succession is likely to be upheld is that it is not just the ruling Kim family that benefits from nepotism and connections. While the predominance of a small number of surnames in Korea (North and South) makes it difficult to track family links, it is known that many top leaders are the sons of the revolutionary generation that fought against Japanese imperialism, or have siblings in high positions. For example, Kim Kuk-tae - a senior KWP central committee secretary in charge of cadre affairs - is the son of general Kim Chaek, who served as the KPA's frontline commander during the Korean War, in which he was killed. General O Kuk-ryol, the head of the central committee's special operations department, is the son of a veteran guerrilla, as is Colonel General O Kum-chol, the commander of the air force.
North Korea's titular head of state, Kim Yong-nam, who serves as president of the Presidium of the Supreme People's Assembly (SPA, or legislature), has two brothers in high positions: General Kim Du-nam, a one-time military adviser to Kim Jong-il, and Kim Ki-nam, a senior central committee secretary. Yang Hyong-sop, the vice president of the SPA Presidium, is married to Kim Jong-Il's aunt. Many others benefit from similar ties.
Not a one-man show, a regime of vested interests
Therefore, North Korea, far from being a one-man show, or even a one-family show, is an entire regime bound together by vested interests, under the leadership of Kim Jong-Il. This should make the succession process easier, provided that the identity of the heir is decided upon without causing fractures in the first family or the army.
Assuming that the regime survives - and it has proved remarkably durable, against all odds - it may still be some years before North Korea formally announces the identity of the successor.
Although Kim Jong-Il's political rise began in the early 1970s, when the official media began to speak of the "Party Center" as a code word for Kim, his actual status as heir apparent did not become clear until the Sixth Korean Worker's Party Congress in 1980, when he was appointed to a number of party posts. Yet, it was not until August 7, 1984, that Pyongyang publicly confirmed Kim Jong-il as successor. Even then, it would be another 10 years before his father died, after which Kim would have to wait three years before being appointed to his father's position as general secretary of the KWP. In September 1998, Kim Jong-il formally took power, but he never assumed the state presidency, instead ruling in his existing position as chairman of the National Defense Commission.
Certainly, the signs are that either Kim Jong-chol or Kim Jong-un is being maneuvered into the succession. The latter is even being referred to as the "Morning Star King", according to South Korean Pyongyang watchers. However, the saga is still in its early stages, and Kim Jong-nam cannot be totally ruled out. His status as first-born son carries considerable weight, and the regime has a habit of re-instating disgraced figures after a suitable period of atonement.
In the meantime, there appears to be very little active opposition to the regime. Unlike Iraq under Saddam Hussein, which spawned dozens of opposition groups in exile, North Korean defectors have created only one such group, the National Salvation Front For Democratic Unification of Chosun, led by former KWP propaganda official Pak Kap-dong. However, the organization has proved as ineffective as it is low profile. The nearest thing North Korea has to an exiled opposition leader is Hwang Jang-yop, a former central committee secretary, who defected in February 1997. Hwang was initially welcomed in South Korea under the presidency of Kim Young-sam, but once Kim Dae-jung's "Sunshine Policy" took effect, Hwang was ignored. Hwang still travels to the US, where he addresses neo-conservative groups that welcome his calls for regime change in Pyongyang. But Hwang is 81 years old, and has limited time left to achieve his goals.
As far back as the 1980s, Korean historian Bruce Cumings, when questioning a Soviet diplomat in Pyongyang on the chances of Kim Jong-il succeeding Kim Il-sung, was told "come back in 2020 and see Kim Jong-il's son succeed him".
As of early 2004, that prediction, seemingly unrealistic only a few years ago, no longer sounds so implausible. Check the omens, the stars, the entrails and the tea leaves.
Yoel Sano has worked for publishing houses in London, providing political and economic analysis, and has been following North Korea, as well as other Northeast Asian developments, for more than 10 years.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Libya Nuke Drawings Likely From Pakistan
By GEORGE JAHN
ASSOCIATED PRESS
VIENNA, Austria (AP) - Drawings of a nuclear warhead that Libya surrendered as part of its decision to renounce weapons of mass destruction are of 1960s Chinese design, but likely came from Pakistan, diplomats and experts told The Associated Press on Sunday.
China is widely assumed to have been Pakistan's key supplier of much of the clandestine nuclear technology used to establish Islamabad as a nuclear power in 1998 and resold to rogue regimes through the black market network headed by Pakistani scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan.
The drawings appeared to be of a design never used by Pakistan, which went on to develop more modern nuclear weapons, said the diplomats and experts, who spoke on condition of anonymity. Still, they said, they were likely supplied by China as part of the decades-long transfer of technology that Khan used to develop Pakistan's nuclear weapons.
One of them called the drawings "dramatic evidence" of the Chinese-Pakistani nuclear link.
Libya surrendered the drawings in December after volunteering to scrap all research into developing weapons of mass destruction. The blueprints and accompanying documents are now in the United States under the seal of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
One of the experts said the drawing detailed how to build a warhead for a large ballistic missile, using technology developed by the Chinese in the 1960s that triggers a nuclear blast by a small conventional explosion.
While the instructions on the drawing were in English, some other documents surrendered by Libya along with the blueprints were in Chinese, he said.
He said that if built, the warhead would have weighed more than 1,000 pounds. That's too bulky for any delivery system the Libyans possessed but not for the ballistic missiles developed by North Korea and Iran, the other nations said to have been supplied by Khan's network.
While there is no evidence either of those countries were supplied with the same or a similar drawing, "it would be a very nice warhead for those countries," said the expert.
North Korea runs a nuclear weapons program using plutonium. But U.S. officials also believe it has a separate program based on enriched uranium, possibly using technology imported from Pakistan. North Korea has denied the allegation.
Iran denies trying to develop nuclear weapons but suspicions persist because it kept secret attempts to enrich uranium for nearly two decades. Although it agreed to open all aspects of its nuclear activities to IAEA perusal late last year, IAEA inspectors recently found designs of advanced enriching equipment it had kept from them.
As well, critics say that Iran is not fully honoring an agreement to suspend uranium enrichment, something denied by Tehran, which says it is interested in the process not to make weapons-grade uranium but to generate nuclear power.
Pakistan - and Khan - became the focus of international investigation on the basis of information Libya and Iran gave the Vienna-based IAEA about where they covertly bought nuclear technology that can be used to make weapons.
In the nuclear procurement chain that Khan has confessed to heading, hundreds of millions of dollars are thought to have changed hands over the past 15 years with key middlemen positioned in Europe, Asia, Africa and the Middle East.
Former nuclear weapons inspector David Albright said it was his understanding that the drawings found in Libya were "way beyond anything in the public domain" as far as building a warhead were concerned.
President Bush called the leaders of Russia and Italy on the weekend to discuss how to check the spread of dangerous weapons and keep them away from terrorists.
Bush, who last week proposed new ways to halt the illicit nuclear trade, also devoted his radio address to the issue of weapons of mass destruction, telling the American people that "the possibility of secret and sudden attack" with such arms "is the greatest threat before humanity today."

-----------------------------------------------------------------
>> 9/11 WATCH...

Stewardess ID'd Hijackers Early, Transcripts Show
by Gail Sheehy

Hearing the taped voice of a courageous flight attendant as she calmly narrated the doomed course of American Airlines Flight 11 brought it all back. The frozen horror of that September morning two and a half years ago. The unanswered questions. Betty Ong narrated that first hijacking right up to the moment that Mohamed Atta drove the Boeing 767 into the north tower of the World Trade Center.
Twenty-three minutes into her blow-by-blow account, Ong's voice abruptly ceased. "What's going on, Betty?" asked her ground contact, Nydia Gonzalez. "Betty, talk to me. I think we might have lost her."
Emotional catharsis, yes. There was scarcely a dry eye in the Senate hearing room where 10 commissioners are probing the myriad failures of our nation's defenses and response to the terrorist attacks of 9/11. But answers? Not many. The most shocking evidence remains hidden in plain sight.
The politically divided 9/11 commission was able to agree on a public airing of four and a half minutes from the Betty Ong tape, which the American public and most of the victims' families heard for the first time on the evening news of Jan. 27. But commissioners were unaware of the crucial information given in an even more revealing phone call, made by another heroic flight attendant on the same plane, Madeline (Amy) Sweeney. They were unaware because their chief of staff, Philip Zelikow, chooses which evidence and witnesses to bring to their attention. Mr. Zelikow, as a former adviser to the pre-9/11 Bush administration, has a blatant conflict.
"My wife's call was the first specific information the airline and the government got that day," said Mike Sweeney, the widowed husband of Amy Sweeney, who went face to face with the hijackers on Flight 11. She gave seat locations and physical descriptions of the hijackers, which allowed officials to identify them as Middle Eastern men--by name--even before the first crash. She gave officials key clues to the fact that this was not a traditional hijacking. And she gave the first and only eyewitness account of a bomb on board.
"How do you know it's a bomb?" asked her phone contact.
"Because the hijackers showed me a bomb," Sweeney said, describing its yellow and red wires.
Sweeney's first call from the plane was at 7:11 a.m. on Sept. 11--the only call in which she displayed emotional upset. Flight 11 was delayed, and she seized the few moments to call home in hopes of talking to her 5-year-old daughter, Anna, to say how sorry she was not to be there to put her on the bus to kindergarten. Ms. Sweeney's son Jack had been born several months premature, and she had taken the maximum time off over the previous summer to be with her children. "But she had to go back that fall, to hold the Boston-to-L.A. trip," explained her husband.
American's Flight 11 took off from Logan Airport in Boston at 7:59 a.m. By 8:14 a.m., the F.A.A. controller following that flight from a facility in Nashua, N.H., already knew it was missing; its transponder had been turned off, and the controller couldn't get a response from the pilots. The air-traffic controller contacted the pilot of United Airlines Flight 175, which at 8:14 also left Boston's Logan bound for California, and asked for his help in locating Flight 11.
Sweeney slid into a passenger seat in the next-to-last row of coach and used an Airfone to call American Airlines Flight Service at Boston's Logan airport. "This is Amy Sweeney," she reported. "I'm on Flight 11--this plane has been hijacked." She was disconnected. She called back: "Listen to me, and listen to me very carefully." Within seconds, her befuddled respondent was replaced by a voice she knew.
"Amy, this is Michael Woodward." The American Airlines flight service manager had been friends with Sweeney for a decade, so he didn't have to waste any time verifying that this wasn't a hoax. "Michael, this plane has been hijacked," Ms. Sweeney repeated. Calmly, she gave him the seat locations of three of the hijackers: 9D, 9G and 10B. She said they were all of Middle Eastern descent, and one spoke English very well.
Mr. Woodward ordered a colleague to punch up those seat locations on the computer. At least 20 minutes before the plane crashed, the airline had the names, addresses, phone numbers and credit cards of three of the five hijackers. They knew that 9G was Abdulaziz al-Omari, 10B was Satam al-Suqami, and 9D was Mohamed Atta--the ringleader of the 9/11 terrorists.
"The nightmare began before the first plane crashed," said Mike Sweeney, "because once my wife gave the seat numbers of the hijackers and Michael Woodward pulled up the passenger information, Mohamed Atta's name was out there. They had to know what they were up against."
Mr. Woodward was simultaneously passing on Sweeney's information to American's headquarters in Dallas-Fort Worth. There was no taping facility in his office, because the most acute emergency normally fielded by a flight service manager would be a call from a crew member faced with 12 passengers in first class and only eight meals. So Mr. Woodward was furiously taking notes.
Amy Sweeney's account alerted the airline that something extraordinary was occurring. She told Mr. Woodward she didn't believe the pilots were flying the plane any longer. She couldn't contact the cockpit. Sweeney may have ventured forward to business class, because she relayed the alarming news to Betty Ong, who was sitting in the rear jump-seat. In professional lingo, she said: "Our No. 1 has been stabbed," referring to a violent attack on the plane's purser, "also No. 5," another flight attendant. She also reported that the passenger in 9B had had his throat slit by the hijacker sitting behind him and appeared to be dead. Betty Ong relayed this information to Nydia Gonzalez, a reservations manager in North Carolina, who simultaneously held another phone to her ear with an open line to American Airlines official Craig Marquis at the company's Dallas headquarters.
The fact that the hijackers initiated their takeover by killing a passenger and stabbing two crew members had to be the first tip-off that this was anything but a standard hijacking. "I don't recall any flight crew or passenger being harmed during a hijacking in the course of my career," said Peg Ogonowski, a senior flight attendant who has flown with American for 28 years.
Betty Ong and Amy Sweeney also reported that the hijackers had used mace or pepper spray and that passengers in business class were unable to breathe. Another dazzling clue to the hijackers' having a unique and violent intent came in Betty Ong's earliest report: "The cockpit is not answering their phone. We can't get into the cockpit. We don't know who's up there."
A male colleague of Ms. Gonzalez then comes on the line and makes the infuriating observation: "Well, if they were shrewd, they'd keep the door closed. Would they not maintain a sterile cockpit?"
To which Ong replied: "I think the guys are up there."
Ms. Sweeney told her ground contact that the plane had radically changed direction; it was flying erratically and was in rapid descent. Mr. Woodward asked her to look out the window--what did she see?
"I see water. I see buildings. We're flying low, we're flying way too low," Sweeney replied, according to the notes taken by Mr. Woodward. Sweeney then took a deep breath and gasped, "Oh, my God."
At 8:46 a.m., Mr. Woodward lost contact with Amy Sweeney--the moment of metamorphosis, when her plane became a missile guided into the tower holding thousands of unsuspecting civilians. "So sometime between 8:30 and 8:46, American must have known that the hijacking was connected to Al Qaeda," said Mike Sweeney. That would be 16 to 32 minutes before the second plane perforated the south tower.
Would American Airlines officials monitoring the Sweeney and Woodward dialogue have known right away that Mohamed Atta was connected to Al Qaeda?
"The answer is probably yes," said 9/11 commission member Bob Kerrey, "but it seems to me that the weakness here, in running up to pre-9/11, is an unwillingness to believe that the United States of America could be attacked. Then you're not putting defensive mechanisms in place. You're not trying to screen out people with connections to Islamic extremist groups."
Peg Ogonowski, the widow of Flight 11's captain, John Ogonowski, knew both Betty and Amy very well. "They had to know they were dealing with zealots," she said. "The words `Middle Eastern hijackers' would put a chill in any flight-crew member's heart. They were unpredictable; you couldn't reason with them."
Ms. Ogonowski knew this from her nearly three decades of experience as a flight attendant for American. She and her husband had dreamt of the time in the not-so-distant future when their teenage children would be old enough that the couple could work the same flight to Europe and enjoy layovers in London and Paris together. She had been scheduled to fly Flight 11 on Sept. 13. After Sept. 11, she imagined herself in Sweeney's shoes: "When Amy picked up the phone--she was mother of two very young children--she had to know that, at that point, she might be being observed by another hijacker sitting in a passenger seat who would put a bullet through her head. What she did was incredibly brave."
How, then, could the commission have missed--or ignored--crucial facts that this very first of the first responders communicated to officials on that fateful day?
"It seems amazing to me that they didn't know," said Mrs. Ogonowski. "The state of Massachusetts has an award in Amy Sweeney's name for civilian bravery." The first recipients were John Ogonowski and Betty Ong. A full-court ceremony was held on Sept. 11, 2002, in Faneuil Hall in Boston, with Senators Kennedy and Kerrey and the state's whole political establishment in attendance.
Even the F.B.I. has recognized Amy Sweeney by bestowing on her its highest civilian honor, the Director's Award for Exceptional Public Service. "Mrs. Sweeney is immeasurably deserving of recognition for her heroic, unselfish and professional manner in which she lived the last moments of her life," according to the F.B.I.
What her husband wants to know is this: "When and how was this information about the hijackers used? Were Amy's last moments put to the best use to protect and save others?"
"We know what she said from notes, and the government has them," said Mary Schiavo, the formidable former Inspector General of the Department of Transportation, whose nickname among aviation officials was "Scary Mary." Ms. Schiavo sat in on the commission's hearing on aviation security on 9/11 and was disgusted by what it left out. "In any other situation, it would be unthinkable to withhold investigative material from an independent commission," she told this writer. "There are usually grave consequences. But the commission is clearly not talking to everybody or not telling us everything."
This is hardly the only evidence hiding in plain sight.
The captain of American's Flight 11 stayed at the controls much of the diverted way from Boston to New York, sending surreptitious radio transmissions to authorities on the ground. Captain John Ogonowski was a strong and burly man with the instincts of a fighter pilot who had survived Vietnam. He gave extraordinary access to the drama inside his cockpit by triggering a "push-to-talk button" on the aircraft's yoke (or wheel). "The button was being pushed intermittently most of the way to New York," an F.A.A. air-traffic controller told The Christian Science Monitor the day after the catastrophe. "He wanted us to know something was wrong. When he pushed the button and the terrorist spoke, we knew there was this voice that was threatening the pilot, and it was clearly threatening."
According to a timeline later adjusted by the F.A.A., Flight 11's transponder was turned off at 8:20 a.m., only 21 minutes after takeoff. (Even before that, by probably a minute or so, Amy Sweeney began her report to American's operations center at Logan.) The plane turned south toward New York, and more than one F.A.A. controller heard a transmission with an ominous statement by a terrorist in the background, saying, "We have more planes. We have other planes." During these transmissions, the pilot's voice and the heavily accented voice of a hijacker were clearly audible, according to two controllers. All of it was recorded by a F.A.A. traffic-control center in Nashua, N.H. According to the reporter, Mark Clayton, the federal law-enforcement officers arrived at the F.A.A. facility shortly after the World Trade Center attack and took the tape.
To this writer's knowledge, there has been no public mention of the pilot's narrative since the news report on Sept. 12, 2001. Families of the flight crew have only heard about it, but when Peg Ogonowski asked American Airlines to let her hear it, she never heard back. Their F.A.A. superiors forbade the controllers to talk to anyone else.

Has the F.B.I. turned this critical tape over to the commission?

At the commission's January panel on aviation security, two rows of gray suits filled the back of the hearing room. They were not inspectors general of any of the government agencies called to testify. In fact, said Mary Schiavo, there is no entity within the administration pushing any consequences. The gray suits were all attorneys for the airlines, hovering around while the big bosses from American and United gave their utterly unrevealing testimonies.
Robert Bonner, the head of Customs and Border Protection, finally shot back at the panel with a startling boast.
"We ran passenger manifests through the system used by Customs--two were hits on our watch list of August 2001," Mr. Bonner testified. "And by looking at the Arab names and their seat locations, ticket purchases and other passenger information, it didn't take a lot to do a rudimentary link analysis. Customs officers were able to ID 19 probable hijackers within 45 minutes."
He meant 45 minutes after four planes had been hijacked and turned into missiles. "I saw the sheet by 11 a.m.," he said, adding proudly, "And that analysis did indeed correctly identify the terrorists."
How has American Airlines responded? According to the widower Mike Sweeney, "Ever since Sept. 11, AMR [the parent company of American Airlines] just wants to forget this whole thing happened. They wouldn't allow me to talk to Michael Woodward, and five months or so: they let him go." The Families Steering Committee urged the commission to interview Michael Woodward about the Sweeney information, as did Ms. Ong's brother, Harry Ong. A couple of days before the hearing on aviation security, a staffer did call Mr. Woodward and ask a few questions. But the explosive narrative offered by Amy Sweeney in her last 23 minutes of life was not included in the 9/11 commission's hearing on aviation security.
The timeline that is most disturbing belongs to the last of the four suicide missions--United Airlines Flight 93, later presumed destined for the U.S. Capitol, if not the White House. Huge discrepancies persist in basic facts, such as when it crashed into the Pennsylvania countryside near Shanksville. The official impact time according to NORAD, the North American Air Defense Command, is 10:03 a.m. Later, U.S. Army seismograph data gave the impact time as 10:06:05. The F.A.A. gives a crash time of 10:07 a.m. And The New York Times, drawing on flight controllers in more than one F.A.A. facility, put the time at 10:10 a.m.
Up to a seven-minute discrepancy? In terms of an air disaster, seven minutes is close to an eternity. The way our nation has historically treated any airline tragedy is to pair up recordings from the cockpit and air-traffic control and parse the timeline down to the hundredths of a second. But as Mary Schiavo points out, "We don't have an NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board) investigation here, and they ordinarily dissect the timeline to the thousandth of a second."
Even more curious: The F.A.A. states that it established an open phone line with NORAD to discuss both American Airlines Flight 77 (headed for the Pentagon) and United's Flight 93. If true, NORAD had as many as 50 minutes to order fighter jets to intercept Flight 93 in its path toward Washington, D.C. But NORAD's official timeline claims that F.A.A. notification to NORAD on United Airlines Flight 93 is "not available." Why isn't it available?
Asked when NORAD gave an order for fighter planes to scramble in response to United's Flight 93, the air-defense agency notes only that F-16's were already airborne from Langley Air Force Base in Virginia to intercept American's Flight 77. The latter jet heaved into the Pentagon at either 9:40 a.m. (according to the F.A.A.) or at 9:38 a.m. (according to NORAD). Although the F-16's weren't in the skies over Washington until 9:49, the question is: Did they continue flying north in an attempt to deter the last of the four hijacked jets? The distance was only 129 miles.
The independent commission is in a position to demand such answers, and many more. Have any weapons been recovered from any of the four downed planes? If not, why should the panel assume they were "less-than-four-inch knives," the description repeatedly used in the commission's hearing on aviation security? Remember the airlines' first reports, that the whole job was pulled off with box cutters? In fact, investigators for the commission found that box cutters were reported on only one plane. In any case, box cutters were considered straight razors and were always illegal. Thus the airlines switched their story and produced a snap-open knife of less than four inches at the hearing. This weapon falls conveniently within the aviation-security guidelines pre-9/11.
But bombs? Mace or pepper spray? Gas masks? The F.B.I. dropped the clue that the hijackers had "masks" in a meeting with the Four Moms from New Jersey, the 9/11 widows who rallied for this independent commission.
The Moms want to know if investigators have looked into how the pilots were actually disabled. To think that eight pilots--four of whom were formerly in the military, some with combat experience in Vietnam, and all of whom were in superb physical shape--could have been subdued without a fight or so much as a sound stretches the imagination. Even giving the terrorists credit for a militarily disciplined act of war, it is rare for everything to go right in four separate battles.
Shouldn't the families and the American people know whether or not our government took action to prevent the second attack planned for the command-and-control center in Washington?
Melody Homer is another young widow of a 9/11 pilot. Her husband, LeRoy Homer, a muscular former Air Force pilot, was the first officer of United's Flight 93. The story put out by United--of heroic passengers invading the cockpit and struggling with the terrorists--is not believable to Melody Homer or to Sandy Dahl, widow of the plane's captain, Jason Dahl. Mrs. Dahl was a working flight attendant with United and knew the configuration of that 757 like the back of her hand.
"We can't imagine that passengers were able to get a cart out of its locked berth and push it down the single aisle and jam it into the cockpit with four strong, violent men behind the door," said Ms. Homer. She believes that the victims' family members who broke a confidentiality agreement and gave their interpretation of sounds they'd heard on the cockpit tape misinterpreted the shattering of china. "When a plane goes erratic, china falls."
Now, the most disturbing disconnect of all: The F.A.A. and NORAD had at least 42 minutes to decide what to do about Flight 93. What really happened?
At 9:30 a.m., six minutes after receiving orders from NORAD, three F-16's were airborne, according to NORAD's timeline. At first, the planes were directed toward New York and probably reached 600 miles per hour within two minutes, said Maj. Gen. Mike J. Haugen, adjutant general of the North Dakota National Guard. Once it was apparent that the New York suicide missions were accomplished, the Virginia-based fighters were given a new flight target: Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport. The pilots heard an ominous squawk over the plane's transponder, a code that indicates almost an emergency wartime footing. General Haugen says the F-16's were asked to confirm that the Pentagon was on fire. The lead flier looked down and verified the worst.
Then the pilots received the most surreal order of the morning, from a voice identifying itself as a representative of the Secret Service. According to General Haugen, the voice said: "I want you to protect the White House at all costs."
During that time, Vice President Richard Cheney called President George W. Bush to urge him to give the order that any other commercial airliners controlled by hijackers be shot down. In Bob Woodward's book, Bush at War, the time of Mr. Cheney's call was placed before 10 a.m. The Vice President explained to the President that a hijacked airliner was a weapon; even if the airliner was full of civilians, Mr. Cheney insisted, giving American fighter pilots the authority to fire on it was "the only practical answer."
The President responded, according to Mr. Woodward, "You bet."
Defense officials told CNN on Sept. 16, 2001, that Mr. Bush had not given authorization to the Defense Department to shoot down a passenger airliner "until after the Pentagon had been struck."
So what happened in the period between just before 10:00 a.m. and 10:03 (or 10:06, or 10:07)--when, at some point, the United jet crashed in a field in Pennsylvania? Did the President act on Mr. Cheney's advice and order the last and potentially most devastating of airborne missiles brought down before it reached the Capitol? Did Mr. Cheney act on the President's O.K.? Did a U.S. fighter shoot down Flight 93? And why all the secrecy surrounding that last flight?
Melody Homer, the wife of Flight 93's first officer, was at home in Marlton, N.J., the morning of Sept. 11 with their 10-month-old child. Within minutes of seeing the second plane turn into a fireball, Ms. Homer called the Flight Operations Center at John F. Kennedy International Airport, which keeps track of all New York-based pilots. She was told that her husband's flight was fine.
"Whether or not my husband's plane was shot down," the widowed Mrs. Homer said, "the most angering part is reading about how the President handled this."
Mr. Bush was notified 14 minutes after the first attack, at 9 a.m., when he arrived at an elementary school in Sarasota, Fla. He went into a private room and spoke by phone with his national security advisor, Condoleezza Rice, and glanced at a TV in the room. Mrs. Homer's soft voice curdles when she describes his reaction: "I can't get over what Bush said when he was called about the first plane hitting the tower: `That's some bad pilot.' Why did people on the street assume right away it was a terrorist hijacking, but our President didn't know? Why did it take so long to ground all civilian aircraft? In the time between when my husband's plane took off [at 8:41 a.m.] and when the second plane hit in New York [9:02 a.m.], they could have turned back to airfield."

In fact, the pilots of Flight 93 are seldom mentioned in news reports--only the 40 passengers. And Mrs. Homer says that hurts. "My husband fought for his country in the Persian Gulf War, and he would have seen his role that day as the same thing--fighting for his country. It's my belief, based on what I've been told by people affiliated with the Air Force, that at least one of the pilots was very instrumental in the outcome of that flight. I do believe the hijackers may have taken it down. But stalling the impetus of the plane so it didn't make it to the Capitol or the White House--that was one of the pilots."
Melody LeRoy later learned from a member of the Air Force who worked with her husband that "a couple of weeks before the incident, they were all sitting around and talking about the intelligence that was filtering through the military that something big was going to happen. For all of this to get ignored," she said as she swallowed a sob, "it's difficult to excuse that."
John Lehman, former Secretary of the Navy and one of the most active interrogators among the commissioners, was told of some of the issues raised in this article. "These are exactly the right questions," he said. "We have to put all these details together and then figure out what went wrong. Who didn't do their job? Not just what was wrong with the existing system, but human beings."
After 14 months of watching while commissioners politely negotiated with a White House that has used every known ruse and invented some new ones to evade, withhold and play peekaboo with the commissioners, the Four Moms and their Families Steering Committee feel frustrated almost to the boiling point.
Who is going to take a long, hard look at the policy failures and the failures of leadership? This seems to be where some members of the 9/11 commission are heading. Commission member Jamie Gorelick, winding up after the two-day hearings in January, said she was "amazed and shocked at how every agency defines its responsibility by leaving out the hard part." She blasted the F.A.A. for ducking any responsibility for the prevention of terrorism. "We saw the same attitude in the F.B.I. and C.I.A.--not to use common sense to evaluate a mission and say what works and what doesn't."
Finally, Ms. Gorelick addressed a pointed question to James Loy, the deputy secretary of the Department of Homeland Security, the vast, Brobdingnagian bureaucracy which now lashes together 22 federal agencies that didn't talk to one another before the terrorist attacks.
"Who is responsible for driving the strategy to defeat Al Qaeda and holding people accountable for carrying it out?" Ms. Gorelick demanded.
"The President is the guy," said Mr. Loy. "And the person next to the President, who is the national security advisor."
The widows are furious that Dr. Rice was allowed to be interviewed in private and has not agreed--nor been subpoenaed--to give her testimony, under oath, before the American people.
When 9/11 commission chairman Tom Kean gave his sobering assessment last December that the 9/11 attacks could have been prevented, the Bush White House saw the bipartisan panel spinning out of its control. In the President's damage-control interview with NBC's Tim Russert last weekend, Mr. Bush was clearly still unwilling to submit to questioning by the 9/11 commission. "Perhaps, perhaps," was his negotiating stance.
Asked why he was appointing yet another commission--this one to quell the uproar over why we attacked Iraq to save ourselves from Saddam's mythical W.M.D.--the President said, "This is a strategic look, kind of a big-picture look about the intelligence-gathering capacities of the United States of America .... Congress has got the capacity to look at the intelligence-gathering without giving away state secrets, and I look forward to all the investigations and looks."
Congress has already given him a big-picture look--in a scathing 900-page report by the joint House and Senate inquiry into the intelligence failures pre-9/11. But the Bush administration doesn't look at what it doesn't want to see.
"It is incomprehensible why this administration has refused to aggressively pursue the leads that our inquiry developed," fumes Senator Bob Graham, the former co-chairman of the inquiry, which ended in 2003. The Bush White House has ignored all but one or two of the joint inquiry's 19 urgent recommendations to make the nation safer against the next attempted terrorist attack. The White House also allowed large portions of the inquiry's final report to be censored (redacted), claiming national security, so that even some members of the current 9/11 commission--whose mandate was to build on the work of the congressional panel--cannot read the evidence.
Senator Graham snorted, "It's absurd."
You may reach Gail Sheehy via email at: gsheehy@observer.com.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Health Care Spending Said $1.7 Trillion
By MARK SHERMAN
ASSOCIATED PRESS
Health Care Spending Said $1.7 Trillion
WASHINGTON (AP) - Health care spending in the United States grew to an estimated $1.7 trillion in 2003 - more than $5,800 for every American - but the pace of growth was slower than in recent years.
Health care also for the first time was projected to make up more than 15 percent of the national economy last year, the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services said Wednesday.
Government spending on Medicaid and Medicare increased last year, but more slowly than in 2002, helping contain the estimated overall increase in spending, CMS said.
The CMS report, released on the Web site of the journal Health Affairs, said that health care spending grew a projected 7.8 percent in 2003, down from 9.3 percent in 2002.
Health care spending, however, is projected to outpace growth in the rest of the economy for the next 10 years, CMS said. By 2013, annual spending on health is expected to reach $3.4 trillion and be more than 18 percent of gross domestic product.
The projections did not include the anticipated effects of the new Medicare prescription drug law, which will offer seniors prescription drug coverage beginning in 2006. CMS officials said they expect a shift in who pays prescription drug bills rather than a significant increase in spending on drugs.
"Our story, with or without the legislation, doesn't change much," said Stephen Heffler, CMS' deputy chief actuary and lead author of the report.
Prescription drug spending, however, will continue to outpace the rest of health care for the next 10 years, Heffler said at a conference about the report.
Dan Crippen, the former director of the Congressional Budget Office, said that huge changes in health care spending lie just beyond 2013, the end of the period covered in the report, when Baby Boomers start reaching retirement age.
"It will be the beginning of something we haven't seen before," Crippen said.

On the Net:

Health care spending projections: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/statistics/nhe

Health Affairs: http://www.healthaffairs.org

-----------------------------------------------------


Universe's Most Distant Known Object Seen
By ANDREW BRIDGES
ASSOCIATED PRESS
PASADENA, Calif. (AP) -
In a discovery that offers a rare glimpse back to when the universe was just 750 million years old, a team of astrophysicists said Sunday they have detected a tiny galaxy that is the farthest known object from Earth.
"We are confident it is the most distant known object," California Institute of Technology astronomer Richard Ellis said of the galaxy, which lies roughly 13 billion light-years from Earth.
The team uncovered the faint galaxy using two of the most powerful telescopes - one in space, the other in Hawaii - aided by the natural magnification provided by a massive cluster of galaxies. The gravitational tug of the cluster, called Abell 2218, deflects the light of the distant galaxy and magnifies it many times over.
The magnification process, first proposed by Albert Einstein and known as "gravitational lensing," produces double images of the galaxy.
"Without the magnification of 25 afforded by the foreground cluster, this early object could simply not have been identified or studied in any detail with presently available telescopes," said astronomer Jean-Paul Kneib, of Caltech and the Observatoire Midi-Pyrenees in France.
The discovery gives a rare glimpse of the time when the first stars and galaxies began to blink on, ending a period that cosmologists call the Dark Ages, said Robert Kirshner, an astronomer with the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics in Cambridge, Mass.
"The possibility is here we really are beginning to peek into that time," said Kirshner, who was not connected with the discovery. "People have gone there in their imagination - they've thought about it. Now we are getting the facts."
The Hubble Space Telescope revealed the first glimpse of the galaxy, backed up by observations made with the Keck Observatory's 10-meter telescopes atop Mauna Kea.
The galaxy is just 2,000 light-years across. That's far smaller than the Milky Way, which is roughly 100,000 light-years in diameter.
Cosmologists have predicted that early galaxies contained stars that were different from the ones that came into being much later in the history of the universe. But the astrophysicists' analysis suggests that the type of massive stars the galaxy contains were common after the end of the Dark Ages, Ellis said.
"That's very interesting if it's true," Kirshner said.
No one knows how long the Dark Ages lasted in the wake of the Big Bang 13.7 billion years ago.
Word of the discovery came during the annual meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in Seattle. Further details appear in a forthcoming issue of the Astrophysical Journal.
On the Net:
http://www.caltech.edu
http://www2.keck.hawaii.edu/
http://hubblesite.org/
-----------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 8:58 PM EST
Permalink

Newer | Latest | Older